UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

[X] QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022

[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ______________to______________________

Commission file number: 001-38229

FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

STATE OF INCORPORATION: IRS EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO:

~~PENNSYLVANIA~~Pennsylvania 23-3017653

Address of principal executive offices:

~~BLAKELY~~Blakely & ~~DRINKER ST.~~Drinker St.

~~DUNMORE, PENNSYLVANIA~~Dunmore, Pennsylvania 18512

TELEPHONE: 570-342-8281

~~TELEPHONE:~~SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:


Title of each class	Trading Symbols(s)	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock, without par value	FDBC	The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

~~570-342-8281~~

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subjected to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. [X] YES [ ] NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically ~~and posted on its corporate Web site, if any,~~ every Interactive Data File required to be submitted ~~and posted~~ pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit ~~and post~~ such files). [X] YES [ ] NO

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filer ~~[ ]~~ o	Non-accelerated filer x	Accelerated filer ~~[ ]~~
~~Non-accelerated filer [ ]~~o			Smaller reporting company ~~[X]~~
~~(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)~~x		Emerging growth company ~~[ ]~~o

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

[ ] YES [X] NO

The number of outstanding shares of Common Stock of Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. on ~~October 31, 2017,~~April 30, 2022, the latest practicable date, was ~~3,729,978~~5,659,068 shares.

Table Of Contents

FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

Form 10-Q ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022

Index


Part I. Financial Information		Page
Item 1.	Financial Statements (unaudited):
	Consolidated Balance Sheets as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016~~2021	3
	Consolidated Statements of Income for the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016~~2021	4
	Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016~~2021	5
	Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the ~~nine~~three months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016~~2021	6
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the ~~nine~~three months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016~~2021	7
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)	9
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	3338
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk	5157
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures	5663

Part II. Other Information
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings	5764
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	5764
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	5764
Item 3.	Defaults upon Senior Securities	5764
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	5764
Item 5.	Other Information	5764
Item 6.	Exhibits	5765
Signatures		5967

‎

Table Of Contents

PART I – Financial Information

Item 1: Financial Statements


Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
(dollars in thousands)	September 30, 2017		December 31, 2016		March 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Assets:
Cash and due from banks	$	11,835	$	12,856	$	37,695	$	27,317
Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions		30,046		12,987		59,708		69,560
Total cash and cash equivalents		41,881		25,843		97,403		96,877
Available-for-sale securities		151,995		130,037		711,583		738,980
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		2,543		2,606
Restricted investments in bank stock						3,231		3,206
Loans and leases, net (allowance for loan losses of
$9,356 in 2017; $9,364 in 2016)		625,111		588,130
Loans held-for-sale (fair value $1,662 in 2017, $2,907 in 2016)		1,629		2,854
$16,081 in 2022; $15,624 in 2021)						1,456,797		1,417,504
Loans held-for-sale (fair value $6,315 in 2022, $32,013 in 2021)						6,236		31,727
Foreclosed assets held-for-sale		927		1,306		151		434
Bank premises and equipment, net		16,899		17,164		31,336		29,310
Leased property under finance leases, net						1,292		1,307
Right-of-use assets						8,903		9,006
Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance		19,857		11,435		53,065		52,745
Accrued interest receivable		2,769		2,246		7,424		7,526
Goodwill		209		-		19,628		19,628
Core deposit intangible, net						1,834		1,942
Other assets		14,446		11,323		21,891		8,912
Total assets	$	878,266	$	792,944	$	2,420,774	$	2,419,104
Liabilities:
Deposits:
Interest-bearing	$	562,719	$	492,306	$	1,610,508	$	1,579,582
Non-interest-bearing		185,858		211,153		599,497		590,283
Total deposits		748,577		703,459		2,210,005		2,169,865
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities		6,781		4,631		14,090		15,943
Short-term borrowings		12,920		4,223
FHLB advances		23,704		-
Finance lease obligation						1,309		1,320
Operating lease liabilities						9,555		9,627
Secured borrowings						10,572		10,620
Total liabilities		791,982		712,313		2,245,531		2,207,375
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock authorized 5,000,000 shares with no par value; none issued		-		-
Capital stock, no par value (10,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding; 3,729,978 in 2017; and 2,453,805 in 2016)		28,200		27,155
Preferred stock authorized 5,000,000 shares with no par value; NaN issued						-		-
Capital stock, no par value (10,000,000 shares authorized; shares issued and outstanding; 5,659,068 at March 31, 2022; and 5,645,687 at December 31, 2021)						114,666		114,108
Retained earnings		56,163		52,095		103,074		97,442
Accumulated other comprehensive income		1,921		1,381
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income						(42,497)		179
Total shareholders' equity		86,284		80,631		175,243		211,729
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	878,266	$	792,944	$	2,420,774	$	2,419,104

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

‎

Table Of Contents


Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Unaudited)	Three months ended				Nine months ended
(dollars in thousands except per share data)	September 30, 2017		September 30, 2016		September 30, 2017		September 30, 2016		March 31, 2022		March 31, 2021
Interest income:
Loans and leases:
Taxable	$	6,672	$	5,960	$	19,398	$	17,571	$	14,367	$	12,188
Nontaxable		220		195		647		579		409		320
Interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions		12		13		22		59		33		21
Restricted investments in bank stock										31		33
Investment securities:
U.S. government agency and corporations		610		500		1,887		1,236		1,508		700
States and political subdivisions (nontaxable)		368		321		1,081		954		1,381		854
Other securities		46		17		113		58
States and political subdivisions (taxable)										449		224
Total interest income		7,928		7,006		23,148		20,457		18,178		14,340
Interest expense:
Deposits		742		580		1,971		1,727		822		864
Securities sold under repurchase agreements		3		4		15		16
Other short-term borrowings and other		60		1		197		14
Secured borrowings										65		-
FHLB advances		77		-		174		-		-		26
Total interest expense		882		585		2,357		1,757		887		890
Net interest income		7,046		6,421		20,791		18,700		17,291		13,450
Provision for loan losses		375		225		925		650		525		800
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		6,671		6,196		19,866		18,050		16,766		12,650
Other income:
Service charges on deposit accounts		582		564		1,674		1,567		799		566
Interchange fees		431		378		1,256		1,115		1,176		949
Service charges on loans										441		511
Fees from trust fiduciary activities		253		176		756		539		617		494
Fees from financial services		169		126		434		436		267		175
Service charges on loans		201		194		597		665
Fees and other revenue		222		201		661		593		380		178
Earnings on bank-owned life insurance		158		89		422		264		319		296
Gain (loss) on sale or disposal of:
Gain (loss) on write-down, sale or disposal of:
Loans		232		302		684		629		712		2,347
Investment securities		-		-		-		9
Premises and equipment		-		(6)		-		(6)		(157)		-
Total other income		2,248		2,024		6,484		5,811		4,554		5,516
Other expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits		3,235		2,892		9,559		8,660		6,714		5,226
Premises and equipment		919		898		2,816		2,642		1,925		1,642
Data processing and communication										712		603
Advertising and marketing		270		198		850		656		781		901
Professional services		404		334		1,330		1,122		719		937
FDIC assessment		68		98		201		335
Merger-related expenses										-		523
Automated transaction processing										369		292
Office supplies and postage										179		113
PA shares tax										160		50
Loan collection		84		16		191		141		35		50
Other real estate owned		37		69		183		158		(25)		25
Office supplies and postage		109		110		339		352
Automated transaction processing		185		179		543		460
Data processing and communication		297		261		880		720
PA shares tax		183		165		394		471
FDIC assessment										237		111
FHLB prepayment fee										-		369
Other		244		189		597		449		848		614
Total other expenses		6,035		5,409		17,883		16,166		12,654		11,456
Income before income taxes		2,884		2,811		8,467		7,695		8,666		6,710
Provision for income taxes		658		776		2,078		2,031		1,144		1,043
Net income	$	2,226	$	2,035	$	6,389	$	5,664	$	7,522	$	5,667
Per share data:
Net income - basic (1)	$	0.60	$	0.55	$	1.72	$	1.54
Net income - diluted (1)	$	0.60	$	0.55	$	1.72	$	1.54
Dividends (1)	$	0.21	$	0.19	$	0.62	$	0.57
Net income - basic									$	1.33	$	1.14
Net income - diluted									$	1.32	$	1.13
Dividends									$	0.33	$	0.30

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

~~(1)~~

On August 15, 2017, the Company declared a three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a 50% stock dividend. Per share data for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016 has been restated for the effects thereof.

‎

Table Of Contents



Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income	Three months ended				Nine months ended				Three months ended
(Unaudited)	September 30,				September 30,				March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2017		2016		2017		2016		2022		2021

Net income	$	2,226	$	2,035	$	6,389	$	5,664	$	7,522	$	5,667

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities		104		(361)		818		1,932
Other comprehensive loss, before tax:
Unrealized holding loss on available-for-sale debt securities										(54,020)		(9,860)
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in income		-		-		-		(9)		-		-
Net unrealized gain (loss)		104		(361)		818		1,923
Net unrealized loss										(54,020)		(9,860)
Tax effect		(35)		123		(278)		(654)		11,344		2,071
Unrealized gain (loss), net of tax		69		(238)		540		1,269
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax		69		(238)		540		1,269
Total comprehensive income, net of tax	$	2,295	$	1,797	$	6,929	$	6,933
Unrealized loss, net of tax										(42,676)		(7,789)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax										(42,676)		(7,789)
Total comprehensive loss, net of tax									$	(35,154)	$	(2,122)

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

‎

Table Of Contents


Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021
(Unaudited)							Accumulated
							other
	Capital stock				Retained		comprehensive
(dollars in thousands)	Shares		Amount		earnings		income (loss)		Total
Balance, December 31, 2020		4,977,750	$	77,676	$	80,042	$	8,952	$	166,670
Net income						5,667				5,667
Other comprehensive loss								(7,789)		(7,789)
Issuance of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan		4,738		270						270
Issuance of common stock from vested restricted share grants through stock compensation plans		11,059		-						-
Issuance of common stock through exercise of SSARs		2,000		-						-
Stock-based compensation expense				276						276
Cash dividends declared						(1,512)				(1,512)
Balance, March 31, 2021		4,995,547	$	78,222	$	84,197	$	1,163	$	163,582

Balance, December 31, 2021		5,645,687	$	114,108	$	97,442	$	179	$	211,729
Net income						7,522				7,522
Other comprehensive loss								(42,676)		(42,676)
Issuance of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan		4,891		252						252
Issuance of common stock from vested restricted share grants through stock compensation plans		8,490		-						-
Stock-based compensation expense				306						306
Cash dividends declared						(1,890)				(1,890)
Balance, March 31, 2022		5,659,068	$	114,666	$	103,074	$	(42,497)	$	175,243

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

‎

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016

(Unaudited)

Accumulated

other

Capital stock

Retained

comprehensive

(dollars in thousands)
Shares

Amount

earnings

income

Total
Balance, December 31, 2015

2,443,405

$
26,700

$
47,463

$
2,188

$
76,351
Net income

5,664

5,664
Other comprehensive income

1,269

1,269
Issuance of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan

3,695

111

111
Issuance of common stock from vested restricted share grants through stock compensation plans

6,205

Issuance of common stock through exercise of stock options

500

14

14
Stock-based compensation expense

248

248
Cash dividends declared

(2,098)

(2,098)
Balance, September 30, 2016

2,453,805

$
27,073

$
51,029

$
3,457

$
81,559

Balance, December 31, 2016

2,453,805

$
27,155

$
52,095

$
1,381

$
80,631
Net income

6,389

6,389
Other comprehensive income

540

540
Issuance of common stock through Employee Stock Purchase Plan

4,085

126

126
Issuance of common stock through Dividend Reinvestment Plan

7,744

331

331
Issuance of common stock from vested restricted share grants through stock compensation plans

9,657

Issuance of common stock through exercise of stock options

11,500

332

332
Stock-based compensation expense

256

256
Issuance of common stock from stock split

1,243,187

Cash in lieu of fractional shares paid due to the stock split

(11)

(11)
Cash dividends declared

(2,310)

(2,310)
Balance, September 30, 2017

3,729,978

$
28,200

$
56,163

$
1,921

$
86,284

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

Table Of Contents



Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)	Nine months ended September 30,				Three months ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2017		2016		2022		2021

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	6,389	$	5,664	$	7,522	$	5,667
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:
Depreciation, amortization and accretion		2,324		2,519		1,402		1,394
Provision for loan losses		925		650		525		800
Deferred income tax expense		1,070		1,192
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)						439		(544)
Stock-based compensation expense		419		385		306		266
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options		66		-
Excess tax benefit from exercise of SSARs						-		26
Proceeds from sale of loans held-for-sale		33,498		34,623		30,239		82,284
Originations of loans held-for-sale		(29,342)		(32,155)		(18,048)		(60,426)
Earnings from bank-owned life insurance		(422)		(264)		(319)		(296)
Net gain from sales of loans		(684)		(629)		(712)		(2,347)
Net gain from sales of investment securities		-		(9)		-		-
Net loss from sale and write-down of foreclosed assets held-for-sale		83		57
Net loss from disposal of equipment		-		6
Net (gain) loss from sale and write-down of foreclosed assets held-for-sale						(44)		(15)
Net loss from write-down and disposal of bank premises and equipment						157		-
Operating lease payments						31		7
Change in:
Accrued interest receivable		(519)		97		101		(11)
Other assets		(4,262)		(2,760)		(1,501)		(1,605)
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities		1,928		906		(1,853)		492
Net cash provided by operating activities		11,473		10,282		18,245		25,692

Cash flows from investing activities:
Available-for-sale securities:
Proceeds from sales		-		2,884		-		-
Proceeds from maturities, calls and principal pay-downs		14,795		15,139		10,057		14,276
Purchases		(36,786)		(20,707)		(37,930)		(69,290)
Decrease in FHLB stock		63		919
Increase in restricted investments in bank stock						(24)		(118)
Net increase in loans and leases		(39,271)		(20,584)		(27,254)		(25,056)
Purchase of life insurance policies		(8,000)		-
Acquisition of bank premises and equipment		(747)		(1,075)
Net cash acquired in acquisition of bank branch		11,817		-
Proceeds from sale of bank premises and equipment		6		-
Principal portion of lease payments received under direct finance leases						1,494		1,123
Purchases of bank premises and equipment						(3,242)		(286)
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets held-for-sale		511		354		764		107
Net cash used in investing activities		(57,612)		(23,070)		(56,135)		(79,244)

Cash flows from financing activities:
Net increase in deposits		31,308		51,132		40,149		213,425
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings		8,697		(17,208)
Proceeds from issuance of FHLB advances		25,704		-
Net decrease in other borrowings						(36)		-
Repayment of FHLB advances		(2,000)		-		-		(5,000)
Repayment of finance lease obligation						(59)		(24)
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan participants		126		111		252		270
Exercise of stock options		332		14
Dividends paid, net of dividends reinvested		(1,979)		(2,098)
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares		(11)		-
Dividends paid						(1,890)		(1,512)
Net cash provided by financing activities		62,177		31,951		38,416		207,159
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		16,038		19,163		526		153,607
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning		25,843		12,277		96,877		69,346

Cash and cash equivalents, ending	$	41,881	$	31,440	$	97,403	$	222,953

See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

‎

Table Of Contents


Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)
(Unaudited)	Nine months ended September 30,				Three months ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2017		2016		2022		2021
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
Cash payments for:
Interest	$	2,219	$	1,793	$	928	$	1,046
Income tax		1,300		500		-		-
Supplemental Disclosures of Non-cash Investing Activities:
Net change in unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities		818		1,923		(54,020)		(9,860)
Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets held-for-sale		216		1,104		437		249
Transfers from loans to loans held-for-sale		2,752		3,306
Transfers from/(to) loans to/(from) loans held-for-sale, net						(12,798)		1,491
Transfers from premises and equipment to other assets held-for-sale						633		-
Security settlement pending						-		7,894
Right-of-use asset						50		-
Lease liability						50		-

Acquisition of West Scranton Branch from Wayne Bank	March 17, 2017
Non-cash assets acquired:
Loans	$	1,574
Bank premises and equipment		264
Goodwill		209
Accrued interest receivable and other assets		4
Total non-cash assets acquired	$	2,051
Liabilities assumed:
Deposits	$	13,809
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities		59
Total liabilities assumed	$	13,868


See notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements

‎

Table Of Contents

FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

1. Nature of operations and critical accounting policies

Nature of operations

Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) is a bank holding company and the parent of The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank (the Bank). The Bank is a commercial bank and trust company chartered under the ~~law~~laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and a wholly-owned subsidiary of ~~Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc. (collectively,~~ the ~~Company).~~Company. Having commenced operations in 1903, the Bank is committed to provide superior customer service, while offering a full range of banking products and financial and trust services to both our consumer and commercial customers from our main office located in Dunmore and other branches located throughout Lackawanna, Northampton and Luzerne Counties and Wealth Management offices in Schuylkill and Lebanon Counties.

On July 1, 2021, the Company completed its acquisition of Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (Landmark) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Landmark Community Bank (Landmark Bank). At the time of the acquisition, Landmark merged with and into an acquisition subsidiary of the Company with the acquisition subsidiary Company surviving the merger. In addition, immediately thereafter Landmark Bank merged with and into the Bank with the Bank as the surviving bank.

On May 1, 2020, the Company completed its acquisition of MNB Corporation (MNB) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Merchants Bank of Bangor. At the time of the acquisition, MNB merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving the merger. In addition, immediately thereafter Merchants Bank of Bangor merged with and into the Bank with the Bank as the surviving bank.

Further discussion of the acquisition of Landmark can be found in Footnote 9, “Acquisition”.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Bank have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ~~(GAAP)~~(U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to this Form 10-Q and Rule 8-03 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnote disclosures required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the financial condition and results of operations for the periods have been included. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

For additional information and disclosures required under U.S. GAAP, refer to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, ~~2016.~~2021.

Management is responsible for the fairness, integrity and objectivity of the unaudited financial statements included in this report. Management prepared the unaudited financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In meeting its responsibility for the financial statements, management depends on the Company's accounting systems and related internal controls. These systems and controls are designed to provide reasonable but not absolute assurance that the financial records accurately reflect the transactions of the Company, the Company’s assets are safeguarded and that the financial statements present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

In the opinion of management, the consolidated balance sheets as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016~~2021 and the related consolidated statements of income, ~~and~~ consolidated statements of comprehensive income ~~for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016,~~ and consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and consolidated statements of cash flows for the ~~nine~~three months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016~~2021 present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. All material adjustments required for a fair presentation have been made. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Certain reclassifications have been made to the ~~2016~~2021 financial statements to conform to the ~~2017~~2022 presentation.

On August 15, 2017, the Company declared a three-for-two stock split effected in the form of a 50% stock dividend on its common stock outstanding to shareholders as of September 18, 2017 and distributed on September 28, 2017. All share and per share information included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and footnotes has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company evaluated the events and transactions that occurred after ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 through the date these consolidated financial statements were issued.

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, and the notes included therein, included within the Company’s Annual Report filed on Form 10-K.

Critical accounting policies

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

A material estimate that is particularly susceptible to significant change relates to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses at ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 is adequate and ~~reasonable.~~reasonable to cover incurred losses. Given the subjective nature of identifying and estimating loan losses, it is likely that well-informed individuals could make different

Table Of Contents

assumptions and could, therefore, calculate a materially different allowance amount. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, changes in economic conditions may necessitate revisions in the future. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgment of information available to them at the time of their examination.

~~Table Of Contents~~

Another material estimate is the calculation of fair values of the Company’s investment securities. Fair values of investment securities are determined by pricing provided by a third-party vendor, who is a provider of financial market data, analytics and related services to financial institutions. Based on experience, management is aware that estimated fair values of investment securities tend to vary among valuation services. Accordingly, when selling investment securities, price quotes may be obtained from more than one source. All of the Company’s ~~investment~~debt securities are classified as available-for-sale (AFS). AFS debt securities are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, with unrealized gains and losses, net of income tax, reported separately within shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI).

The fair value of residential mortgage loans, classified as held-for-sale (HFS), is obtained from the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) or the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). Generally, the market to which the Company sells residential mortgages it originates for sale is restricted and price quotes from other sources are not typically obtained. On occasion, the Company may transfer loans from the loan portfolio to loans HFS. Under these circumstances, pricing may be obtained from other entities and the residential mortgage loans are transferred at the lower of cost or market value and simultaneously sold. For other loans transferred to HFS, pricing may be obtained from other entities or modeled and the other loans are transferred at the lower of cost or market value and then sold. As of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, loans classified as HFS consisted of residential mortgage loans.

Financing of automobiles, provided to customers under lease arrangements of varying terms, are accounted for as direct finance leases. Interest income on automobile direct finance leasing is determined using the interest method to arrive at a level effective yield over the life of the lease. The lease residual and the lease receivable, net of unearned lease income, are recorded within loans and leases on the balance sheet.

Foreclosed assets held-for-sale includes other real estate acquired through foreclosure (ORE) and may, from time-to-time, include repossessed assets such as automobiles. ORE is carried at the lower of cost (principal balance at date of foreclosure) or fair value less estimated cost to sell. Any write-downs at the date of foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Expenses incurred to maintain ORE properties, subsequent write downs to the asset’s fair value, any rental income received and gains or losses on disposal are included as components of other real estate owned expense in the consolidated statements of income.

We account for business combinations under the purchase method of accounting. The application of this method of accounting requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions in the determination of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in order to properly allocate purchase price consideration between assets that are amortized, accreted or depreciated from those that are recorded as goodwill. Estimates of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based upon assumptions that management believes to be reasonable.

Goodwill is recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as the excess of liabilities assumed over identifiable assets acquired on the acquisition date. Goodwill is recorded at its net carrying value which represents estimated fair value. The goodwill is deductible for tax purposes over a ~~15 year~~15-year period. Goodwill is tested for impairment on at least an annual basis. There was 0 goodwill impairment as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Other acquired intangible assets that have finite lives, such as core deposit intangibles, are amortized over their estimated useful lives and subject to periodic impairment testing.

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. The Company ~~maintains bank owned life insurance policies (BOLI)~~accounts for certain participation interests in commercial loans receivable (loan participation agreements) sold as a ~~selected group~~sale of ~~employees, namely its officers where~~financial assets pursuant to ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing. Loan participation agreements that meet the ~~Company is the owner and sole beneficiary of the policies. The earnings~~sale criteria under ASC 860 are derecognized from the ~~BOLI are recognized~~Consolidated Balance Sheets at the time of transfer. If the transfer of loans does not meet the sale criteria or participating interest criteria under ASC 860, the transfer is accounted for as a ~~component of other income~~secured borrowing and the loan is not de-recognized and a participating liability is recorded in the consolidated statements of income. The BOLI is an asset that can be liquidated, if necessary, with tax consequences. However, the Company intends to hold these policies and accordingly, the Company has not provided for deferred taxes on the earnings from the increase in the cash surrender value. Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company holds separate supplemental executive retirement (SERP) agreements for certain officers and an amount is credited to each participant’s SERP account monthly while they are actively employed by the bank until retirement. A deferred tax asset is provided for the non-deductible SERP expense. The Company also entered into separate split dollar life insurance arrangements with ~~three~~4 executives providing post-retirement benefits and accrues monthly expense for this benefit. The split dollar life insurance expense is not deductible for tax purposes. Monthly expenses for the SERP and post-retirement split dollar life benefit are recorded as components of salaries and employee benefit expense on the consolidated statements of income.

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions. ~~Expenditures for construction in process, a component of other assets in the consolidated balance sheets, are included in acquisition of premises and equipment.~~

Table Of Contents

2. New accounting pronouncements

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (CECL). The amendments in this update require financial assets measured at amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected, through an allowance for credit losses that is deducted from the amortized cost basis. Previously, when credit losses were measured under GAAP, an entity only considered past events and current conditions when measuring the incurred loss. The amendments in this update broaden the information that an entity must consider in developing its expected credit loss estimate for assets measured either collectively or individually. The measurement of expected credit losses is based on relevant information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. An entity must use judgement in determining the relevant information and estimation methods that are appropriate under the circumstances. The amendments in this update also require that credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities be presented as an allowance for credit losses rather than a writedown.

In November 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, which clarifies that receivables arising from operating leases are not within the scope of Topic 326. In December 2018, regulators issued a final rule related to regulatory capital (Regulatory Capital Rule: Implementation and Transition of the Current Expected Credit Losses Methodology for Allowances and Related Adjustments to the Regulatory Capital Rule and Conforming Amendments to Other Regulations) which is intended to provide regulatory capital relief for entities transitioning to CECL. In April 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging and Topic 825, Financial Instruments. As it relates to CECL, this guidance amends certain provisions contained in ASU 2016-13, particularly in regards to the inclusion of accrued interest in the definition of amortized cost, as well as clarifying that extension and renewal options that are not unconditionally cancelable by the entity that are included in the original or modified contract should be considered in the entity’s determination of expected credit losses.

The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, including interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2019 for public companies. Early adoption is permitted beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity will apply the amendments in this update through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption (modified-retrospective approach). Upon adoption, the change in this accounting guidance could result in an increase in the Company's allowance for loan

~~Table Of Contents~~

losses and require the Company to record loan losses more rapidly. On October 16, 2019, the FASB decided to move forward with finalizing its proposal to defer the effective date for ASU 2016-13 for smaller reporting companies to fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal periods. Since the Company currently meets the SEC definition of a smaller reporting company, the delay will be applicable to the Company. The Company has engaged the services of a qualified third-party service provider to assist management in estimating credit allowances under this standard and is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-13 on its consolidated financial statements. The current allowance for loan losses calculation is expected to be run side-by-side with the CECL model in the 2^nd, 3^rdand 4^th quarters of 2022 to gain a better understanding of the effects of the change.

In March ~~2016,~~2022, the FASB issued ASU ~~2016-09,~~ ~~Compensation – Stock Compensation~~2022-02, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic ~~718) Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting~~. The areas for simplification in the update involve several aspects of accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities,326) Troubled Debt Restructurings and ~~classification on the statement of cash flows.~~Vintage Disclosures. The amendments in this update ~~are effective~~eliminate the accounting guidance for ~~annual reporting periods, including interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption~~TDRs by creditors in Subtopic 310-40, Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors, while enhancing disclosure requirements for certain loan refinancings and restructurings by creditors when a borrower is permitted. Amendments should be applied using either a modified retrospective transition method by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to equity as of the beginning of the period in which the guidance is adopted, retrospectively, prospectively, or using either a prospective transition method or a retrospective transition method. The Company adopted this accounting standard during the first quarter of 2017 and does not expect this amendment to have a material impact on its consolidatedexperiencing financial ~~statements.~~

~~In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09,~~ ~~Revenue from Contracts with Customers~~, which supersedes nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 defines a five step process to achieve this core principle and, in doing so, more judgment and estimates may be required within the revenue recognition process than are required under existing U.S. GAAP: identify the contract(s) with a customer; identify the performance obligations in the contract; determine the transaction price; allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods therein, using either of the following transition methods: a full retrospective approach reflecting the application of the standard in each prior reporting period with the option to elect certain practical expedients, or a modified retrospective approach with the cumulative effect of initially adopting ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of adoption.

Subsequently, the FASB issued additional guidance to clarify certain implementation issues. Specifically, the FASB issued Principal versus Agent Considerations, Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients and Technical Corrections and Improvements in March, April, May and December 2016, respectively. These amendments do not change the core principle in Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and the effective date and transition requirements are consistent with those in Topic 606. The Company’s revenue is comprised of net interest income, which is explicitly excluded from the scope of the guidance, and non-interest income. The Company is currently assessing our revenue streams that are within the scope of the standard; including wealth management fees, deposit related fees and gains on the sale of other real estate owned. The Company expects that this guidance may change how certain non-interest income is recognized but does not expect the new standard, or any of its amendments, to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. The Company does anticipate the guidance will require expanded footnote disclosures. The Company plans to adopt this guidance on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective approach with a cumulative adjustment to opening retained earnings, if such adjustment is deemed to be material.

~~In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01 related to Financial Instruments - Overall (Subtopic 825-10) Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The update applies to all entities that hold financial assets or owe financial liabilities.~~difficulty. The amendments in this update ~~make targeted improvements to U.S. GAAP as follows:~~

~~Require equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income;~~

~~Simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values by requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment;~~

~~Require public business entities to use the exit price notion when measuring fair value of financial instruments for disclosure purposes;~~

~~Require separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities by measurement category and form of financial asset;~~

~~Clarify that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities.~~

~~The amendments are effective~~also require that an entity disclose current-period gross writeoffs by year of origination for ~~public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods~~financing receivables and net investments in leases within ~~those fiscal years. The Company is evaluating~~ the ~~impact~~scope of ~~the adoption of ASU 2016-01 on its consolidated financial statements, but does not expect it to have a significant impact.~~

~~In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02,~~ ~~Leases (Topic 842)~~ to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 requires the recognition of a right-of-use asset and related lease liability by lessees for leases classified as operating leases under GAAP. The Company is expected to make an election to exclude leases less than 12 months from the provisions of this ASU.Subtopic 326-20, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses-Measured at Amortized Cost. The amendments in this update are effective for the Company ~~for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early~~upon adoption of the amendments in this update are permitted. A modified retroactive approach must be applied for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period. Upon adoption, this change in accounting guidance could have a significant impact on the consolidated balance sheets and could potentially impact debt covenant agreements with our customers. The Company is currently evaluating the amount of the impact of

~~Table Of Contents~~

ASU ~~2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.~~

~~In August 2016, the FASB released ASU 2016-15,~~ ~~Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230)~~ to clarify the presentation of certain cash receipts and payments on the statement of cash flows. The update addressed eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. The amendments in this update are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period.2016-13. The amendments in this update should be applied ~~using~~prospectively, except as provided in the next sentence. For the transition method related to the recognition and measurement of TDRs, the Company has the option to apply a modified retrospective transition method, resulting in a cumulative-effect adjustment to ~~each~~retained earnings in the period ~~presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact~~ of ~~the adoption of ASU 2016-15 on its consolidated financial statements, but does not expect it to have a significant impact.~~adoption.

In ~~January 2017,~~March 2020, the FASB issued ASU ~~2017-04,~~ ~~Intangibles-Goodwill and Other~~2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic ~~350)~~ ~~to simplify~~848) – Facilitation of the ~~test for goodwill impairment. To simplify the subsequent measurement~~Effects of ~~goodwill, the Board eliminated Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Under the~~Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting. The amendments in this update ~~an entity should perform its annual goodwill impairment test by comparing~~provide temporary optional guidance to ease the ~~fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. An entity should recognize an impairment charge~~potential burden in accounting for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting units fair value; however, the loss recognized should not exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity should apply the amendments in his update on a prospective basis.reference rate reform. The amendments in this update are elective and apply to all entities that have contracts that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The guidance includes a general principle that permits an entity to consider contract modifications due to reference rate reform to be an event that does not require contract remeasurement at the modification date or reassessment of a previous accounting determination. An optional expedient simplifies accounting for contract modifications to loans receivable and debt, by prospectively adjusting the effective for the Company for its annual goodwill impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company will early adopt this standard and it will not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

~~In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08,~~ ~~Receivables-Nonrefundable Fees and Other Costs (Subtopic 310-20) Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities~~ ~~to amend the amortization period for certain purchased callable debt securities held at a premium.~~interest rate. The amendments in ~~this update shorten the amortization period for the premium to the earliest call date. The amendments in this update~~ASU 2020-04 are effective ~~for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after~~as of March 12, 2020 through December ~~15, 2018. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. An entity should~~31, 2022. The Company expects to apply the amendments ~~in this update on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of~~prospectively for applicable loan and other contracts within the ~~beginning of the~~effective period of ~~adoption.~~ASU 2020-04. As of March 31, 2022, the Company had approximately $43 million in loans with rates tied to LIBOR. The Company ~~has adopted this standard and it will not~~is working on modifying each of these contracts to have ~~an effect on its consolidated financial statements.~~all modifications completed by December 31, 2022.

‎

Table Of Contents

3. Accumulated other comprehensive income

The following tables illustrate the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income by component and the details about the components of accumulated other comprehensive income as of and for the periods indicated:

As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017

Unrealized gains

(losses) on

available-for-sale

(dollars in thousands)
securities

Total
Beginning balance
$
1,381

$
1,381

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax

540

540
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

-

-
Net current-period other comprehensive income

540

540
Ending balance
$
1,921

$
1,921



As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022
	Unrealized gains
	(losses) on
	available-for-sale
(dollars in thousands)	debt securities
Beginning balance	$	179

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax		(42,676)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax		-
Net current-period other comprehensive loss		(42,676)
Ending balance	$	(42,497)

As of and for the three months ended September 30, 2017

Unrealized gains

(losses) on

available-for-sale

(dollars in thousands)
securities

Total
Beginning balance
$
1,852

$
1,852

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax

69

69
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

-

-
Net current-period other comprehensive income

69

69
Ending balance
$
1,921

$
1,921


As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021
	Unrealized gains
	(losses) on
	available-for-sale
(dollars in thousands)	debt securities
Beginning balance	$	8,952

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax		(7,789)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax		-
Net current-period other comprehensive loss		(7,789)
Ending balance	$	1,163

~~Table Of Contents~~

As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016

Unrealized gains

(losses) on

available-for-sale

(dollars in thousands)
securities

Total
Beginning balance
$
2,188

$
2,188

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications, net of tax

1,275

1,275
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

(6)

(6)
Net current-period other comprehensive income

1,269

1,269
Ending balance
$
3,457

$
3,457

As of and for the three months ended September 30, 2016

Unrealized gains

(losses) on

available-for-sale

(dollars in thousands)
securities

Total
Beginning balance
$
3,695

$
3,695

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax

(238)

(238)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

-

-
Net current-period other comprehensive loss

(238)

(238)
Ending balance
$
3,457

$
3,457

Details about accumulated other

comprehensive income components
Amount reclassified from accumulated

Affected line item in the statement
(dollars in thousands)
other comprehensive income

where net income is presented

Three months ended

Nine months ended

September 30,

September 30,

2017

2016

2017

2016

Unrealized gains on AFS securities
$
-

$
-

$
-

$
9

Gain on sale of investment securities

-

-

-

(3)

Provision for income taxes
Total reclassifications for the period
$
-

$
-

$
-

$
6

Net income

4. Investment securities

Agency – Government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) and ~~MBS~~Mortgage-backed securities (MBS) - GSE residential

Agency – GSE and MBS – GSE residential securities consist of short- to long-term notes issued by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), ~~Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)~~FNMA, FHLB and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA). These securities have interest rates that are fixed, ~~and adjustable,~~ have varying ~~short-~~short to long-term maturity dates and have contractual cash flows guaranteed by the U.S. government or agencies of the U.S. government.

Obligations of states and political subdivisions (municipal)

The municipal securities are ~~bank qualified or bank eligible,~~ general obligation and revenue bonds rated as investment grade by various credit rating agencies and have fixed rates of interest with mid- to long-term maturities. Fair values of these securities are highly driven by interest rates. Management performs ongoing credit quality reviews on these issues.

~~Table Of Contents~~

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016~~2021 are summarized as follows:

Gross

Gross

Amortized

unrealized

unrealized

Fair
(dollars in thousands)

cost

gains

losses

value
September 30, 2017

Available-for-sale securities:

Agency - GSE

$
16,269

$
21

$
(77)

$
16,213
Obligations of states and political subdivisions

41,759

2,056

(80)

43,735
MBS - GSE residential

90,761

804

(294)

91,271

Total debt securities

148,789

2,881

(451)

151,219

Equity securities - financial services

294

482

-

776

Total available-for-sale securities

$
149,083

$
3,363

$
(451)

$
151,995



			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		unrealized		unrealized		Fair
(dollars in thousands)	cost		gains		losses		value
March 31, 2022
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Agency - GSE	$	124,134	$	59	$	(9,961)	$	114,232
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		364,689		1,432		(27,498)		338,623
MBS - GSE residential		276,553		116		(17,941)		258,728

Total available-for-sale debt securities	$	765,376	$	1,607	$	(55,400)	$	711,583

‎

Gross

Gross

Amortized

unrealized

unrealized

Fair
(dollars in thousands)

cost

gains

losses

value
December 31, 2016

Available-for-sale securities:

Agency - GSE

$
18,362

$
58

$
(144)

$
18,276
Obligations of states and political subdivisions

38,648

1,803

(260)

40,191
MBS - GSE residential

70,639

851

(553)

70,937

Total debt securities

127,649

2,712

(957)

129,404

Equity securities - financial services

294

339

-

633

Total available-for-sale securities

$
127,943

$
3,051

$
(957)

$
130,037

Table Of Contents



			Gross		Gross
	Amortized		unrealized		unrealized		Fair
(dollars in thousands)	cost		gains		losses		value
December 31, 2021
Available-for-sale debt securities:
Agency - GSE	$	119,399	$	204	$	(2,600)	$	117,003
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		360,680		6,708		(2,678)		364,710
MBS - GSE residential		258,674		1,654		(3,061)		257,267

Total available-for-sale debt securities	$	738,753	$	8,566	$	(8,339)	$	738,980

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 by contractual maturity are summarized below:



	Amortized		Fair		Amortized		Fair
(dollars in thousands)	cost		value		cost		value
Available-for-sale securities:
Debt securities:
Due in one year or less	$	4,004	$	4,007	$	6,134	$	6,155
Due after one year through five years		13,084		13,120		16,210		15,783
Due after five years through ten years		2,556		2,649		119,144		109,081
Due after ten years		38,384		40,172		347,335		321,836

Total debt securities		58,028		59,948

MBS - GSE residential		90,761		91,271		276,553		258,728

Total available-for-sale debt securities	$	148,789	$	151,219	$	765,376	$	711,583

Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers and borrowers may have the right to call or repay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalty. Agency – GSE and municipal securities are included based on their original stated maturity. MBS – GSE residential, which are based on weighted-average lives and subject to monthly principal pay-downs, are listed in total. Most of the securities have fixed rates or have predetermined scheduled rate changes and many have call features that allow the issuer to call the security at par before its stated maturity without penalty.

~~Table Of Contents~~

The following table presents the fair value and gross unrealized losses of ~~investment~~debt securities aggregated by investment type, the length of time and the number of securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016:~~ 2021:



	Less than 12 months				More than 12 months				Total				Less than 12 months				More than 12 months				Total
	Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized		Fair		Unrealized
(dollars in thousands)	value		losses		value		losses		value		losses		value		losses		value		losses		value		losses

September 30, 2017
March 31, 2022
Agency - GSE	$	5,051	$	(29)	$	3,022	$	(48)	$	8,073	$	(77)	$	64,808	$	(5,309)	$	43,387	$	(4,652)	$	108,195	$	(9,961)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		2,416		(41)		2,254		(39)		4,670		(80)		257,752		(23,838)		29,713		(3,660)		287,465		(27,498)
MBS - GSE residential		34,146		(208)		4,740		(86)		38,886		(294)		219,792		(14,985)		28,377		(2,956)		248,169		(17,941)
Total	$	41,613	$	(278)	$	10,016	$	(173)	$	51,629	$	(451)	$	542,352	$	(44,132)	$	101,477	$	(11,268)	$	643,829	$	(55,400)
Number of securities		29				9				38				341				54				395

December 31, 2016
December 31, 2021
Agency - GSE	$	6,032	$	(144)	$	-	$	-	$	6,032	$	(144)	$	84,308	$	(1,460)	$	26,516	$	(1,140)	$	110,824	$	(2,600)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		8,690		(260)		-		-		8,690		(260)		193,124		(2,662)		12,796		(399)		205,920		(3,061)
MBS - GSE residential		41,111		(553)		-		-		41,111		(553)		137,495		(2,351)		9,469		(327)		146,964		(2,678)
Total	$	55,833	$	(957)	$	-	$	-	$	55,833	$	(957)	$	414,927	$	(6,473)	$	48,781	$	(1,866)	$	463,708	$	(8,339)
Number of securities		48				-				48				187				26				213

The Company had ~~thirty-eight~~395 debt securities in an unrealized loss position at ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, including ~~eight agency~~46 agency-GSE securities, t~~wenty-two~~ ~~mortgage-backed~~122 MBS – GSE residential securities and ~~eight~~227 municipal securities. The severity of these unrealized losses based on their underlying cost basis

Table Of Contents

was as follows at ~~September 30, 2017: 0.94%~~March 31, 2022: 8.43% for ~~agencies; 0.75%~~agency - GSE, 6.74% for total ~~MBS-GSE;~~MBS-GSE residential; and ~~1.69%~~8.73% for municipals. ~~In addition, three agency securities, three mortgage-backed securities and three municipal~~NaN of these securities had been in an unrealized loss position in excess of 12 months. Management has no intent to sell any securities in an unrealized loss position as of March 31, 2022.

During the second quarter of 2022, the Company transferred investment securities with a book value of $245.5 million from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity. The ~~changes~~accounting for securities held-to-maturity on this transfer will mitigate the effect on the other comprehensive income (OCI) component of stockholders’ equity from the price risk of rising interest rates which will result in further future unrealized losses in the ~~prices on these securities are the result of interest rate movement and management believes they are temporary in nature.~~available-for-sale portfolio.

Management believes the cause of the unrealized losses is related to changes in interest rates ~~instability in the capital markets or the limited trading activity due to illiquid conditions in the debt market~~ and is not directly related to credit quality. Quarterly, management conducts a formal review of investment securities for the presence of ~~other-than-temporary~~other than temporary impairment (OTTI). The accounting guidance related to OTTI requires the Company to assess whether OTTI is present when the fair value of a debt security is less than its amortized cost as of the balance sheet date. Under those circumstances, OTTI is considered to have occurred if: (1) the entity has the intent to sell the security; (2) more likely than not the entity will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the present value of expected cash flows is not sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost. The accounting guidance requires that credit-related OTTI be recognized in earnings while non-credit-related OTTI on securities not expected to be sold be recognized in ~~other comprehensive income (OCI).~~OCI. Non-credit-related OTTI is based on other factors affecting market value, including illiquidity.

The Company’s OTTI evaluation process also follows the guidance set forth in topics related to debt ~~and equity~~ securities. The guidance set forth in the pronouncements require the Company to take into consideration current market conditions, fair value in relationship to cost, extent and nature of changes in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, volatility of earnings, current analysts’ evaluations, all available information relevant to the collectability of debt securities, the ability and intent to hold investments until a recovery of fair value which may be to maturity and other factors when evaluating for the existence of OTTI. The guidance requires that credit-related OTTI be recognized as a realized loss through earnings when there has been an adverse change in the holder’s expected cash flows such that the full amount (principal and interest) will probably not be received. This requirement is consistent with the impairment model in the guidance for accounting for debt ~~and equity~~ securities.

For all ~~security types,~~debt securities, as of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the Company applied the criteria provided in the recognition and presentation guidance related to OTTI. That is, management has no intent to sell the securities and nonor any conditions were identified by management that, more likely than not, would require the Company to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis. The results indicated there was no presence of OTTI in the Company’s security portfolio. In addition, management believes the change in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates.

~~Table Of Contents~~

5. Loans and leases

The classifications of loans and leases at ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016~~2021 are summarized as follows:



(dollars in thousands)	September 30, 2017		December 31, 2016		March 31, 2022		December 31, 2021

Commercial and industrial	$	112,096	$	98,477	$	252,963	$	236,304
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied		93,398		87,220		310,663		312,848
Owner occupied		109,598		113,104		250,578		248,755
Construction		6,123		3,987		22,779		21,147
Consumer:
Home equity installment		28,282		28,466		47,852		47,571
Home equity line of credit		53,177		51,609		55,340		54,878
Auto loans and leases		79,629		56,841
Auto loans						119,082		118,029
Direct finance leases						27,138		26,232
Other		5,784		13,301		8,307		8,013
Residential:
Real estate		138,709		134,475		343,360		325,861
Construction		8,315		10,496		36,247		34,919
Total		635,111		597,976		1,474,309		1,434,557
Less:
Allowance for loan losses		(9,356)		(9,364)		(16,081)		(15,624)
Unearned lease revenue		(644)		(482)		(1,431)		(1,429)

Loans and leases, net	$	625,111	$	588,130	$	1,456,797	$	1,417,504

~~Net~~As of March 31, 2022, total loans of $1.5 billion were reflected combined with deferred loan costs of ~~$2.0~~$3.6 million, including $0.6 million in deferred fee income from Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loans and ~~$1.8~~$4.2 million ~~have been~~in deferred loan costs. As of December 31, 2021, total loans of $1.4 billion were reflected combined with deferred loan costs of $3.0 million, including $1.2

Table Of Contents

million in deferred fee income from PPP loans and $4.2 million in deferred loan costs.

Commercial and industrial (C&I) loan balances were $253.0 million at March 31, 2022 and $236.3 million at December 31, 2021. As of March 31, 2022, the commercial and industrial loan balance included $21.8 million in PPP loans (net of deferred fees) compared to $39.9 million as of December 31, 2021. Excluding PPP loans, the ~~carrying values~~balance of C&I loans at ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 increased $34.8 million primarily from several large C&I loans originated during the first quarter of 2022.

Direct finance leases include the lease receivable and ~~December 31, 2016, respectively.~~

the guaranteed lease residual. Unearned lease revenue represents the difference between the lessor’s investment in the property and the gross investment in the lease. Unearned revenue is accrued over the life of the lease using the effective interest method.

The Company services real estate loans for investors in the secondary mortgage market which are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The approximate unpaid principal balance of mortgages serviced for others amounted to ~~$296.9~~$449.9 million as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~$285.2~~$430.9 million as of December 31, ~~2016.~~2021. Mortgage servicing rights amounted to ~~$1.3~~$1.8 million ~~both~~and $1.7 million as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, respectively.

Management is responsible for conducting the Company’s credit risk evaluation process, which includes credit risk grading of individual commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans. Commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans are assigned credit risk grades based on the Company’s assessment of conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to meet its contractual obligations under the loan agreement. That process includes reviewing borrowers’ current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and other information specific to each individual borrower. Upon review, the commercial loan credit risk grade is revised or ~~reaffirmed as the case may be.~~reaffirmed. The credit risk grades may be changed at any time management feels an upgrade or downgrade may be warranted. The Company utilizes an external independent loan review firm that reviews and validates the credit risk program on at least an annual basis. Results of these reviews are presented to management and the board of directors. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel, as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.

Paycheck Protection Program Loans

The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, or CARES Act, was signed into law on March 27, 2020, and provided over $2.0 trillion in emergency economic relief to individuals and businesses impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. The CARES Act authorized the Small Business Administration (SBA) to temporarily guarantee loans under a new 7(a) loan program called the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP).

As a qualified SBA lender, the Company was automatically authorized to originate PPP loans. The SBA guaranteed 100% of the PPP loans made to eligible borrowers. The entire principal amount of the borrowers’ PPP loan, including any accrued interest, is eligible to be reduced by the loan forgiveness amount under the PPP.

On December 27, 2020, the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits, and Venues Act (Economic Aid Act) was enacted, extending the authority to make PPP loans through May 31, 2021, revising certain PPP requirements, and permitting second draw PPP loans. On March 11, 2021, the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (American Rescue Plan Act) was enacted expanding eligibility for first and second draw PPP loans and revising the exclusions from payroll costs for purposes of loan forgiveness.

Acquired loans

Acquired loans are marked to fair value on the date of acquisition. For detailed information on calculating the fair value of acquired loans, see Footnote 9, “Acquisition.”

The carryover of allowance for loan losses related to acquired loans is prohibited as any credit losses in the loans are included in the determination of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. The allowance for loan losses on acquired loans reflects only those losses incurred after acquisition and represents the present value of cash flows expected at acquisition that is no longer expected to be collected.

The Company reported fair value adjustments regarding the acquired MNB and Landmark loan portfolios. Therefore, the Company did not record an allowance on the acquired non-purchased credit impaired loans. In conjunction with the quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company performs an analysis on acquired loans to determine whether there has been subsequent deterioration in relation to those loans. If deterioration has occurred, the Company will include these loans in the calculation of the allowance for loan losses after the initial valuation and provide reserves accordingly.

Upon acquisition, in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company has individually determined whether each acquired loan is within the scope of ASC 310-30 deemed as purchased credit impaired (PCI). As part of this process, the Company’s senior management and other relevant individuals reviewed the seller’s loan portfolio on a loan-by-loan basis to determine if any loans met the two-part definition of an impaired loan as defined by ASC 310-30: 1) Credit deterioration on the loan from its inception until the acquisition date, and 2) It is probable that not all contractual cash flows will be collected on the loan.

With regards to ASC 310-30 loans, for external disclosure purposes, the aggregate contractual cash flows less the aggregate expected cash flows result in a credit related non-accretable yield amount. The aggregate expected cash flows less the acquisition date fair value result in an accretable yield amount. The accretable yield reflects the contractual cash flows management expects to collect above the

Table Of Contents

loan's acquisition date fair value and will be recognized over the life of the loan on a level-yield basis as a component of interest income.

Over the life of the acquired ASC 310-30 loan, the Company continues to estimate cash flows expected to be collected. Decreases in expected cash flows, other than from prepayments or rate adjustments, are recognized as impairments through a charge to the provision for credit losses resulting in an increase in the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent improvements in cash flows result in first, reversal of existing valuation allowances recognized after acquisition, if any, and next, an increase in the amount of accretable yield to be subsequently recognized on a prospective basis over the loan’s remaining life.

Acquired ASC 310-30 loans that met the criteria for non-accrual of interest prior to acquisition are considered performing upon acquisition, regardless of whether the customer is contractually delinquent, if the Company can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of expected cash flows on such loans. Accordingly, the Company does not consider acquired contractually delinquent loans to be non-accruing and continues to recognize accretable yield on these loans which is recognized as interest income on a level yield method over the life of the loan.

Acquired ASC 310-20 loans, which are loans that did not meet the criteria above, were pooled into groups of similar loans based on various factors including borrower type, loan purpose, and collateral type. For these pools, the Company used certain loan information, including outstanding principal balance, estimated expected losses, weighted average maturity, weighted average margin, and weighted average interest rate along with estimated prepayment rates, expected lifetime losses, and environment factors to estimate the expected cash flow for each loan pool.

Within the ASC 310-20 loans, the Company identified certain loans that have higher risk. Although performing at the time of acquisition and likely will continue making payments in accordance with contractual terms, management elected a higher credit adjustment on these loans to reflect the greater inherent risk that the borrower will default on payments. Risk factors used to identify these loans included: loans that received COVID-19 related forbearance consistent with the regulatory guidance, loans that were in industries determined to be at greater risk to economic disruption due to COVID-19, loans that had a prior history of delinquency greater than 60 days at any point in the lifetime of the loan; loans with a Special Mention or Substandard risk rating; and/or loans borrowers in the Gasoline Station industry due to the environmental risk potential of these loans.

The following table provides changes in accretable yield for all acquired loans accounted for under ASC 310-30. Loans accounted for under ASC 310-20 are not included in this table.



	For the three months ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2022		2021
Balance at beginning of period	$	1,088	$	563
Accretable yield on acquired loans		-		-
Reclassification from non-accretable difference		15		13
Accretion of accretable yield		(178)		(103)
Balance at end of period	$	925	$	473

The above table excludes the $269 thousand in non-accretable yield accreted to interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2021.

During the three months ended March 31, 2022, management performed an analysis of all loans acquired from mergers, consistent with and applicable to ASC 310-30 (Purchased Credit Impaired loans – PCI). NaN loans had actual payments exceed estimates resulting in a $15 thousand reclassification from non-accretable discount to accretable discount. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, 2 loans had actual payments exceed estimates resulting in a $13 thousand reclassification from non-accretable discount to accretable discount.

Expected cash flows on acquired loans are estimated quarterly by incorporating several key assumptions. These key assumptions include probability of default and the number of actual prepayments after the acquisition date. Prepayments affect the estimated life of the loans and could change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal expected to be collected. In reforecasting future estimated cash flows, credit loss expectations are adjusted as necessary. Improved cash flow expectations for loans or pools are recorded first as a reversal of previously recorded impairment, if any, and then as an increase in prospective yield when all previously recorded impairment has been recaptured.

‎

Table Of Contents

Non-accrual loans

Non-accrual loans, segregated by class, at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, were as follows:



(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2022		December 31, 2021
Commercial and industrial	$	49	$	154
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied		478		478
Owner occupied		1,300		1,570
Consumer:
Home equity installment		-		-
Home equity line of credit		171		97
Auto loans		172		78
Residential:
Real estate		137		572
Total	$	2,307	$	2,949

The table above excludes $4.6 million and $4.7 million in purchased credit impaired loans, net of unamortized fair value adjustments as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.

The decision to place loans on non-accrual status is made on an individual basis after considering factors pertaining to each specific loan. ~~Commercial~~C&I and ~~industrial (C&I) and commercial real estate (CRE)~~CRE loans are placed on non-accrual status when management has determined that payment of all contractual principal and interest is in doubt or the loan is past due 90 days or more as to principal and interest, unless well-secured and in the process of collection. Consumer loans secured by real estate and residential mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status at ~~120~~90 days past due as to principal and interest and unsecured consumer loans are charged-off when the loan is 90 days or more past due as to principal and interest. The Company considers all non-accrual loans to be impaired loans.

~~Table Of Contents~~

~~Non-accrual loans, segregated by class, at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, were as follows:~~

(dollars in thousands)
September 30, 2017

December 31, 2016

Commercial and industrial
$
14

$
11
Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

584

1,407
Owner occupied

1,148

3,078
Construction

169

193
Consumer:

Home equity installment

15

31
Home equity line of credit

513

737
Auto loans and leases

-

25
Other

-

6
Residential:

Real estate

1,421

1,882
Total
$
3,864

$
7,370

Troubled Debt Restructuring (TDR)

A modification of a loan constitutes a ~~troubled debt restructuring (TDR)~~TDR when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the modification constitutes a concession. The Company considers all TDRs to be impaired loans. The Company ~~offers various types of~~typically considers the following concessions when modifying a loan, ~~however, forgiveness of principal is rarely granted. C&I loans modified in a TDR often involve~~which may include lowering interest rates below the market rate, temporary interest-only ~~payments,~~payment periods, term extensions ~~and converting revolving credit lines to term loans. Additional collateral, a co-borrower, or a guarantor is often requested. CRE loans modified in a TDR can involve reducing the~~at interest ~~rate for the remaining term of the loan, extending the maturity date at an interest rate~~rates lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk and/or ~~substituting or adding~~converting revolving credit lines to term loans. The Company typically does not forgive principal when granting a ~~new borrower or guarantor. Commercial real estate construction~~TDR modification.

There were no loans modified in a TDR ~~may also involve extending~~for the interest-only payment period. Residential mortgage loans modified in a TDR are primarily comprised of loans where monthly payments are lowered to accommodate the borrowers’ financial needs for an extended period of time. After the lowered monthly payment period ends, the borrower would revert back to paying principalthree months ended March 31, 2022 and interest pursuant to the original terms with the maturity date adjusted accordingly. Consumer loan modifications are typically not granted and therefore standard modification terms do not exist for loans of this type.

Loans modified in a TDR may or may not be placed on non-accrual status. As of September 30, 2017, total TDRs amounted to $3.9 million, consisting of 15 loans (12 CRE loans, 1 C&I loan, 1 HELOC and 1 residential mortgage to 10 unrelated borrowers), of which two CRE loans, totaling $0.7 million, one HELOC, totaling $0.4 million, and one residential mortgage, totaling $0.9 million, were on non-accrual status. The September 30, 2017 balance represented a $0.6 million increase over the December 31, 2016 balance, which amounted to $3.3 million consisting of 9 loans (6 CRE loans, 1 C&I loan, 1 HELOC and 1 residential mortgage to 6 unrelated borrowers), of which the HELOC, totaling $0.6 million, and the residential mortgage, totaling $0.9 million, were on non-accrual status. This increase in TDRs was attributed to the addition of the six accruing TDRs in the category of CRE, totaling $1.0 million in the first nine months of 2017.2021. Of the TDRs outstanding as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~December 31, 2016,~~2021, when modified, the concessions granted consisted of temporary interest-only payments, extensions of maturity date, or a reduction in the rate of interest to a below-market rate for a contractual period of time. Other than the TDRs that were placed on non-accrual status, the TDRs were performing in accordance with their modified terms.

~~Table Of Contents~~

~~There were no loans modified in a TDR during the three months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016. The following presents by class, information related to loans modified in a TDR:~~

Loans modified as TDRs for the nine months ended:
(dollars in thousands)
September 30, 2017

September 30, 2016

Recorded

Increase in

Recorded

Increase in

Number

investment

allowance

Number

investment

allowance

of

(as of

(as of

of

(as of

(as of

contracts

period end)

period end)

contracts

period end)

period end)
Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

1

$
119

$
4

-

$
-

$
-
Commercial real estate - owner occupied

5

926

187

-

-

-
Consumer home equity line of credit

-

-

-

1

650

105
Total

6

$
1,045

$
191

1

$
650

$
105

In the above table, the period end balance is inclusive of all partial pay downs and charge-offs since the modification date. For all loans modified in a TDR, the pre-modification recorded investment was the same as the post-modification recorded investment.

~~The following presents by class, loans modified as a TDR that subsequently defaulted (i.e. 90 days or more past due following a modification) during the periods indicated:~~

Loans modified as a TDR within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted during the:
(dollars in thousands)
Nine months ended September 30, 2017

Nine months ended September 30, 2016

Number of

Recorded

Number of

Recorded

contracts

investment

contracts

investment
Commercial real estate - owner occupied

$
-

1
$
20

~~In the above table, the period end balances are inclusive of all partial pay downs and charge-offs since the modification date.~~

Loans modified in a TDR are closely monitored for delinquency as an early indicator of possible future default. If loans modified in a TDR subsequently default, the Company evaluates the loan for possible further impairment. There were 0 loans modified as a TDR within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted (i.e. 90 days or more past due following a modification) during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.

The allowance for loan losses (allowance) may be increased, adjustments may be made in the allocation of the allowance or partial charge-offs may be taken to further write-down the carrying value of the loan. An allowance for impaired loans that have been modified in a TDR is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the loan’s observable market price. If the loan is collateral dependent, the estimated fair value of the collateral is used to establish the allowance.

As of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016, respectively,~~2021, the balance of outstanding TDRs was $1.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, the allowance for impaired loans that have been modified in a TDR was ~~$0.8~~$0.1 million and ~~$0.4~~$0.7 million, respectively.

‎

Table Of Contents

Past due loans

Loans are considered past due when the contractual principal and/or interest is not received by the due date. For loans reported 30-59 days past due, certain categories of loans are reported past due as and when the loan is in arrears for two payments or billing cycles. An aging analysis of past due loans, segregated by class of loans, as of the period indicated is as follows (dollars in thousands):



														Recorded															Recorded
					Past due									investment past						Past due									investment past
	30 - 59 Days		60 - 89 Days		90 days		Total				Total			due ≥ 90 days		30 - 59 Days		60 - 89 Days		90 days		Total				Total			due ≥ 90 days
September 30, 2017	past due		past due		or more (1)		past due		Current		loans (3)			and accruing
March 31, 2022																past due		past due		or more ⁽¹⁾		past due		Current		loans ⁽³⁾			and accruing

Commercial and industrial	$	56	$	116	$	14	$	186	$	111,910	$	112,096		$	-	$	773	$	-	$	49	$	822	$	252,141	$	252,963		$	-
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied		528		658		584		1,770		91,628		93,398			-		-		-		478		478		310,185		310,663			-
Owner occupied		54		-		1,148		1,202		108,396		109,598			-		-		82		1,443		1,525		249,053		250,578			143
Construction		-		-		169		169		5,954		6,123			-		-		-		-		-		22,779		22,779			-
Consumer:
Home equity installment		156		26		15		197		28,085		28,282			-		58		-		-		58		47,794		47,852			-
Home equity line of credit		61		72		513		646		52,531		53,177			-		-		-		171		171		55,169		55,340			-
Auto loans and leases		181		102		-		283		78,702		78,985	(2)		-
Auto loans																	339		85		172		596		118,486		119,082			-
Direct finance leases																	149		-		31		180		25,527		25,707	⁽²⁾		31
Other		88		12		-		100		5,684		5,784			-		26		-		-		26		8,281		8,307			-
Residential:
Real estate		-		334		1,421		1,755		136,954		138,709			-		-		-		137		137		343,223		343,360			-
Construction		-		-		-		-		8,315		8,315			-		-		-		-		-		36,247		36,247			-
Total	$	1,124	$	1,320	$	3,864	$	6,308	$	628,159	$	634,467		$	-	$	1,345	$	167	$	2,481	$	3,993	$	1,468,885	$	1,472,878		$	174

⁽¹⁾ Includes ~~$3.9 million of~~ non-accrual loans. ⁽²⁾ Net of unearned lease revenue of ~~$0.6~~$1.4 million. ⁽³⁾ Includes net deferred loan costs of ~~$2.0~~$3.6 million.

~~Table Of Contents~~



														Recorded
					Past due									investment past
	30 - 59 Days		60 - 89 Days		90 days		Total				Total			due ≥ 90 days
December 31, 2021	past due		past due		or more ⁽¹⁾		past due		Current		loans ⁽³⁾			and accruing

Commercial and industrial	$	-	$	4	$	154	$	158	$	236,146	$	236,304		$	-
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied		-		675		478		1,153		311,695		312,848			-
Owner occupied		-		-		1,570		1,570		247,185		248,755			-
Construction		-		-		-		-		21,147		21,147			-
Consumer:
Home equity installment		87		32		-		119		47,452		47,571			-
Home equity line of credit		-		-		97		97		54,781		54,878			-
Auto loans		410		45		78		533		117,496		118,029			-
Direct finance leases		173		38		64		275		24,528		24,803	⁽²⁾		64
Other		49		17		-		66		7,947		8,013			-
Residential:
Real estate		-		452		572		1,024		324,837		325,861			-
Construction		-		-		-		-		34,919		34,919			-
Total	$	719	$	1,263	$	3,013	$	4,995	$	1,428,133	$	1,433,128		$	64

Recorded

Past due

investment past

30 - 59 Days

60 - 89 Days

90 days

Total

Total

due ≥ 90 days
December 31, 2016
past due

past due

or more (1)

past due

Current

loans (3)

and accruing

Commercial and industrial
$
208

$
-

$
11

$
219

$
98,258

$
98,477

$
-
Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

180

-

1,407

1,587

85,633

87,220

-
Owner occupied

13

776

3,078

3,867

109,237

113,104

-
Construction

-

-

193

193

3,794

3,987

-
Consumer:

Home equity installment

213

25

31

269

28,197

28,466

-
Home equity line of credit

-

-

737

737

50,872

51,609

-
Auto loans and leases

293

59

44

396

55,963

56,359
(2)

19
Other

37

2

6

45

13,256

13,301

-
Residential:

Real estate

14

421

1,882

2,317

132,158

134,475

-
Construction

-

-

-

-

10,496

10,496

-
Total
$
958

$
1,283

$
7,389

$
9,630

$
587,864

$
597,494

$
19

⁽¹⁾ Includes ~~$7.4 million of~~ non-accrual loans. ⁽²⁾ Net of unearned lease revenue of ~~$0.5~~$1.4 million. ⁽³⁾Includes net deferred loan costs of ~~$1.8~~$3.0 million.

‎

Table Of Contents

Impaired loans

Impaired loans, segregated by class, as of the period indicated are detailed below:



			Recorded		Recorded
	Unpaid		investment		investment		Total
	principal		with		with no		recorded		Related
(dollars in thousands)	balance		allowance		allowance		investment		allowance
March 31, 2022
Commercial and industrial	$	49	$	49	$	-	$	49	$	49
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied		866		73		793		866		1
Owner occupied		2,904		1,361		922		2,283		551
Consumer:
Home equity installment		33		-		-		-		-
Home equity line of credit		210		20		151		171		4
Auto loans		232		20		152		172		5
Residential:
Real estate		184		-		137		137		-
Total	$	4,478	$	1,523	$	2,155	$	3,678	$	610



			Recorded		Recorded
	Unpaid		investment		investment		Total
	principal		with		with no		recorded		Related
(dollars in thousands)	balance		allowance		allowance		investment		allowance
December 31, 2021
Commercial and industrial	$	218	$	18	$	136	$	154	$	18
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied		2,470		1,674		796		2,470		474
Owner occupied		3,185		1,802		762		2,564		763
Consumer:
Home equity installment		33		-		-		-		-
Home equity line of credit		137		-		97		97		-
Auto loans		98		10		68		78		4
Residential:
Real estate		699		-		572		572		-
Total	$	6,840	$	3,504	$	2,431	$	5,935	$	1,259

At March 31, 2022, impaired loans totaled $3.7 million consisting of $1.4 million in accruing TDRs and $2.3 million in non-accrual loans. At December 31, 2021, impaired loans totaled $5.9 million consisting of $3.0 million in accruing TDRs and $2.9 million in non-accrual loans. As of March 31, 2022, the non-accrual loans included 1 TDR totaling $0.4 million compared with 3 TDRs to 2 unrelated borrowers totaling $0.6 million as of December 31, 2021.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events; it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the ~~scheduled~~ payments in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Factors considered in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting payments when due. The significance of payment delays and/or shortfalls is determined on a case-by-case basis. All circumstances surrounding the loan are ~~taken into account.~~considered. Such factors include the length of the delinquency, the underlying reasons and the borrower’s prior payment record. Impairment is measured on these loans on a loan-by-loan basis. Impaired loans include non-accrual loans, TDRs and other loans deemed to be impaired based on the aforementioned factors.

At September 30, 2017, impaired loans consisted of accruing TDRs of $1.9 million, $3.9 million in non-accrual loans and $1.5 million in accruing impaired loans. At December 31, 2016, impaired loans consisted of accruing TDRs of $1.8 million, $7.4 million in non-accrual loans and $2.2 million in accruing loans. As of September 30, 2017, the non-accrual loans included four TDRs to three unrelated borrowers totaling $2.0 million compared with two TDRs totaling $1.5 million as of December 31, 2016.
‎

~~Impaired loans, segregated by class, as of the period indicated are detailed below:~~

Recorded

Recorded

Unpaid

investment

investment

Total

principal

with

with no

recorded

Related
(dollars in thousands)
balance

allowance

allowance

investment

allowance
September 30, 2017

Commercial and industrial
$
228

$
204

$
24

$
228

$
193
Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

2,405

1,997

288

2,285

612
Owner occupied

2,769

2,452

254

2,706

464
Construction

392

-

169

169

-
Consumer:

Home equity installment

48

-

15

15

-
Home equity line of credit

809

81

432

513

53
Auto loans and leases

8

-

-

-

-
Other

-

-

-

-

-
Residential:

Real estate

1,439

1,158

263

1,421

317
Construction

-

-

-

-

-
Total
$
8,098

$
5,892

$
1,445

$
7,337

$
1,639

Table Of Contents

Recorded

Recorded

Unpaid

investment

investment

Total

principal

with

with no

recorded

Related
(dollars in thousands)
balance

allowance

allowance

investment

allowance
December 31, 2016

Commercial and industrial
$
235

$
206

$
29

$
235

$
193
Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

3,346

2,611

405

3,016

993
Owner occupied

5,363

4,351

876

5,227

1,389
Construction

416

-

193

193

-
Consumer:

Home equity installment

64

-

31

31

-
Home equity line of credit

778

650

87

737

167
Auto

25

25

-

25

3
Other

6

6

-

6

1
Residential:

Real estate

1,949

1,466

416

1,882

315
Construction

-

-

-

-

-
Total
$
12,182

$
9,315

$
2,037

$
11,352

$
3,061

The following table presents the average recorded investments in impaired loans and related amount of interest income recognized during the periods indicated below. The average balances are calculated based on the quarter-end balances of impaired loans. Payments received from non-accruing impaired loans are first applied against the outstanding principal balance, then to the recovery of any charged-off amounts. Any excess is treated as a recovery of interest income. Payments received from accruing impaired loans are applied to principal and interest, as contractually agreed upon.



	March 31, 2022						March 31, 2021
					Cash basis						Cash basis
	Average		Interest		interest		Average		Interest		interest
	recorded		income		income		recorded		income		income
(dollars in thousands)	investment		recognized		recognized		investment		recognized		recognized

Commercial and industrial	$	272	$	-	$	-	$	438	$	-	$	-
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied		2,302		46		-		2,318		22		-
Owner occupied		2,001		27		-		1,853		4		-
Construction		-		-		-		-		-		-
Consumer:
Home equity installment		16		-		-		46		4		-
Home equity line of credit		157		-		-		366		4		-
Auto loans		70		1		-		51		-		-
Direct finance leases		-		-		-		-		-		-
Other		-		-		-		-		-		-
Residential:
Real estate		564		25		-		761		-		-
Construction		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total	$	5,382	$	99	$	-	$	5,833	$	34	$	-

For the nine months ended

September 30, 2017

September 30, 2016

Cash basis

Cash basis

Average

Interest

interest

Average

Interest

interest

recorded

income

income

recorded

income

income
(dollars in thousands)
investment

recognized

recognized

investment

recognized

recognized
Commercial and industrial
$
232

$
7

$
-

$
502

$
12

$
-
Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

3,054

114

-

5,030

93

-
Owner occupied

4,393

223

-

3,562

107

-
Construction

184

-

-

217

-

-
Consumer:

Home equity installment

19

-

-

119

3

-
Home equity line of credit

722

5

-

772

25

-
Auto

21

4

-

40

-

-
Other

4

1

-

6

-

-
Residential:

Real estate

1,428

77

-

750

4

-
Construction

-

-

-

-

-

-
Total
$
10,057

$
431

$
-

$
10,998

$
244

$
-

~~Table Of Contents~~

For the three months ended

September 30, 2017

September 30, 2016

Cash basis

Cash basis

Average

Interest

interest

Average

Interest

interest

recorded

income

income

recorded

income

income
(dollars in thousands)
investment

recognized

recognized

investment

recognized

recognized

Commercial and industrial
$
223

$
3

$
-

$
255

$
3

$
-
Commercial real estate:

Non-owner occupied

2,588

52

-

3,336

47

-
Owner occupied

3,521

152

-

5,068

29

-
Construction

173

-

-

204

-

-
Consumer:

Home equity installment

15

-

-

51

-

-
Home equity line of credit

659

5

-

871

8

-
Auto

-

-

-

30

-

-
Other

3

-

-

6

-

-
Residential:

Real estate

1,421

54

-

770

2

-
Construction

-

-

-

-

-

-
Total
$
8,603

$
266

$
-

$
10,591

$
89

$
-

Credit Quality Indicators

Commercial and industrial and commercial real estate

The Company utilizes a loan grading system and assigns a credit risk grade to its loans in the C&I and CRE portfolios. The grading system provides a means to measure portfolio quality and aids in the monitoring of the credit quality of the overall loan portfolio. The credit risk grades are arrived at using a risk rating matrix to assign a grade to each of the loans in the C&I and CRE portfolios.

The following is a description of each risk rating category the Company uses to classify each of its C&I and CRE loans:

Pass

Loans in this category have an acceptable level of risk and are graded in a range of one to five. Secured loans generally have good collateral coverage. Current financial statements reflect acceptable balance sheet ratios, sales and earnings trends. Management is ~~considered to be~~ competent, and a reasonable succession plan is evident. Payment experience on the loans has been good with minor or no delinquency experience. Loans with a grade of one are of the highest quality in the range. Those graded five are of marginally acceptable quality.

Special Mention

Loans in this category are graded a six and may be protected but are potentially weak. They constitute a credit risk to the Company but have not yet reached the point of adverse classification. Some of the following conditions may exist: little or no collateral coverage; lack of current financial information; delinquency problems; highly leveraged; available financial information reflects poor balance sheet ratios and profit and loss statements reflect uncertain trends; and document exceptions. Cash flow may not be sufficient to support total debt service requirements.

Substandard

Loans in this category are graded a seven and have a well-defined weakness which may jeopardize the ultimate collectability of the debt. The collateral pledged may be lacking in quality or quantity. Financial statements may indicate insufficient cash flow to service the debt; and/or do not reflect a sound net worth. The payment history indicates chronic delinquency problems. Management is ~~considered to be~~ weak. There is a distinct possibility that the Company may sustain a loss. All loans on non-accrual are rated substandard. Other loans that are included in the substandard category can be accruing, as well as loans that are current or past due. Loans 90 days or more past due, unless otherwise fully supported, are classified substandard. Also, borrowers that are bankrupt or have loans categorized as TDRs can be graded substandard.

Doubtful

Loans in this category are graded an eight and have a better than 50% possibility of the Company sustaining a loss, but the loss cannot

Table Of Contents

be determined because of specific reasonable factors which may strengthen credit in the near-term. Many of the weaknesses present in a substandard loan exist. Liquidation of collateral, if any, is likely. Any loan graded lower than an eight is considered to be uncollectible and charged-off.

~~Table Of Contents~~

Consumer and residential

The consumer and residential loan segments are regarded as homogeneous loan pools and as such are not risk rated. For these portfolios, the Company utilizes payment activity ~~history~~ and ~~recency of payment~~history in assessing performance. Non-performing loans are ~~considered to be~~comprised of non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days or more and ~~accruing and non-accrual loans.~~accruing. All loans not classified as non-performing are considered performing.

The following table presents loans including ~~$2.0~~$3.6 million and ~~$1.8~~$3.0 million of deferred costs, segregated by class, categorized into the appropriate credit quality indicator category as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, respectively:

Commercial credit exposure

Credit risk profile by creditworthiness category



	March 31, 2022
(dollars in thousands)	Pass		Special mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total

Commercial and industrial	$	250,718	$	329	$	1,916	$	-	$	252,963
Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied		290,314		16,257		4,092		-		310,663
Commercial real estate - owner occupied		234,123		6,579		9,876		-		250,578
Commercial real estate - construction		22,779		-		-		-		22,779
Total commercial	$	797,934	$	23,165	$	15,884	$	-	$	836,983

September 30, 2017
(dollars in thousands)
Pass

Special mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Total

Commercial and industrial
$
110,839

$
535

$
722

$
-

$
112,096
Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied

86,159

817

6,422

-

93,398
Commercial real estate - owner occupied

103,288

2,692

3,618

-

109,598
Commercial real estate - construction

5,954

-

169

-

6,123
Total commercial
$
306,240

$
4,044

$
10,931

$
-

$
321,215

Consumer & Mortgage lending credit exposure

Credit risk profile based on payment activity



	September 30, 2017						March 31, 2022
(dollars in thousands)	Performing		Non-performing		Total		Performing		Non-performing		Total

Consumer
Home equity installment	$	28,267	$	15	$	28,282	$	47,852	$	-	$	47,852
Home equity line of credit		52,664		513		53,177		55,169		171		55,340
Auto loans and leases (1)		78,985		-		78,985
Auto loans								118,910		172		119,082
Direct finance leases ⁽¹⁾								25,676		31		25,707
Other		5,784		-		5,784		8,307		-		8,307
Total consumer	$	165,700	$	528	$	166,228		255,914		374		256,288
Residential
Real estate	$	137,288	$	1,421	$	138,709		343,223		137		343,360
Construction		8,315		-		8,315		36,247		-		36,247
Total residential	$	145,603	$	1,421	$	147,024		379,470		137		379,607
Total consumer & residential	$	311,303	$	1,949	$	313,252	$	635,384	$	511	$	635,895

⁽¹⁾Net of unearned lease revenue of ~~$0.6~~$1.4 million.

Commercial credit exposure

Credit risk profile by creditworthiness category


	December 31, 2016										December 31, 2021
(dollars in thousands)	Pass		Special mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total		Pass		Special mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Total

Commercial and industrial	$	97,308	$	479	$	690	$	-	$	98,477	$	233,565	$	339	$	2,400	$	-	$	236,304
Commercial real estate - non-owner occupied		83,962		1,811		7,591		-		93,364		289,679		16,614		6,555		-		312,848
Commercial real estate - owner occupied		99,981		1,075		5,904		-		106,960		230,146		7,089		11,520		-		248,755
Commercial real estate - construction		3,794		-		193		-		3,987		21,147		-		-		-		21,147
Total commercial	$	285,045	$	3,365	$	14,378	$	-	$	302,788	$	774,537	$	24,042	$	20,475	$	-	$	819,054

‎

2221

Table Of Contents

Consumer & Mortgage lending credit exposure

Credit risk profile based on payment activity


	December 31, 2016						December 31, 2021
(dollars in thousands)	Performing		Non-performing		Total		Performing		Non-performing		Total

Consumer
Home equity installment	$	28,435	$	31	$	28,466	$	47,571	$	-	$	47,571
Home equity line of credit		50,872		737		51,609		54,781		97		54,878
Auto loans and leases (2)		56,315		44		56,359
Auto loans								117,951		78		118,029
Direct finance leases⁽²⁾								24,739		64		24,803
Other		13,295		6		13,301		8,013		-		8,013
Total consumer	$	148,917	$	818	$	149,735		253,055		239		253,294
Residential
Real estate	$	132,593	$	1,882	$	134,475		325,289		572		325,861
Construction		10,496		-		10,496		34,919		-		34,919
Total residential	$	143,089	$	1,882	$	144,971		360,208		572		360,780
Total consumer & residential	$	292,006	$	2,700	$	294,706	$	613,263	$	811	$	614,074

⁽²⁾Net of unearned lease revenue of ~~$0.5~~$1.4 million.

Allowance for loan losses

Management continually evaluates the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and performs a formal review of the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis. The allowance reflects management’s best estimate of the amount of credit losses in the loan portfolio. Management’s judgment is based on the evaluation of individual loans, ~~past~~ experience, the assessment of current economic conditions and other relevant factors including the amounts and timing of cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans. Those estimates may be susceptible to significant change. Loan losses are charged directly against the allowance when loans are deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries from previously charged-off loans are added to the allowance when received.

Management applies two primary components during the loan review process to determine proper allowance levels. The two components are a specific loan loss allocation for loans that are deemed impaired and a general loan loss allocation for those loans not specifically allocated. The methodology to analyze the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is as follows:

~~identification of specific impaired loans by loan category;~~

~~identification of specific loans that are not impaired, but have an identified potential for loss;~~

~~calculation of specific allowances where required for the impaired loans based on collateral and other objective and quantifiable evidence;~~

~~determination of loans with similar credit characteristics within each class of the loan portfolio segment and eliminating the impaired loans;~~

~~application of historical loss percentages (trailing twelve-quarter average) to pools to determine the allowance allocation;~~

~~application of qualitative factor adjustment percentages to historical losses for trends or changes in the loan portfolio.~~

~~Qualitative factor adjustments include:~~

~~levels of and trends in delinquencies and non-accrual loans;~~

~~levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries;~~

~~trends in volume and terms of loans;~~

~~changes in risk selection and underwriting standards;~~

~~changes in lending policies and legal and regulatory requirements;~~

~~experience, ability and depth of lending management;~~

~~national and local economic trends and conditions; and~~

~~changes in credit concentrations.~~

identification of specific impaired loans by loan category;

identification of specific loans that are not impaired, but have an identified potential for loss;

calculation of specific allowances where required for the impaired loans based on collateral and other objective and quantifiable evidence;

determination of loans with similar credit characteristics within each class of the loan portfolio segment and eliminating the impaired loans;

application of historical loss percentages (trailing twelve-quarter average) to pools to determine the allowance allocation;

application of qualitative factor adjustment percentages to historical losses for trends or changes in the loan portfolio.

Qualitative factor adjustments include:

olevels of and trends in delinquencies and non-accrual loans;

olevels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries;

otrends in volume and terms of loans;

ochanges in risk selection and underwriting standards;

ochanges in lending policies and legal and regulatory requirements;

oexperience, ability and depth of lending management;

onational and local economic trends and conditions; and

ochanges in credit concentrations.

Allocation of the allowance for different categories of loans is based on the methodology as explained above. A key element of the methodology to determine the allowance is the Company’s credit risk evaluation process, which includes credit risk grading of individual C&I and CRE loans. C&I and CRE loans are assigned credit risk grades based on the Company’s assessment of conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to meet its contractual obligations under the loan agreement. That process includes reviewing borrowers’ current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and other information specific to each individual borrower. Upon review, the commercial loan credit risk grade is revised or ~~reaffirmed as the case may be.~~reaffirmed. The credit risk grades may be changed at any time management feels an upgrade or downgrade may be warranted. The credit risk grades for the C&I and CRE loan portfolios are ~~taken into account~~considered in the reserve methodology and loss factors are applied based upon the credit risk grades. The loss factors applied are based upon the Company’s historical experience as well as what we believe to be best practices and common industry standards. Historical experience reveals there is a direct correlation between the credit risk grades and loan charge-offs. The changes in allocations in the C&I and CRE loan portfolio from period to period are based upon the credit risk grading system and from periodic reviews of the loan portfolio. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies.

2322

Table Of Contents

Each quarter, management performs an assessment of the allowance. The Company’s Special Assets Committee meets ~~monthly~~quarterly, and the applicable lenders discuss each relationship under review and reach a consensus on the appropriate estimated loss amount, if applicable, based on current accounting guidance. The Special Assets Committee’s focus is on ensuring the pertinent facts are considered regarding not only loans considered for specific reserves, but also the collectability of loans that may be past due in payment. The assessment process also includes the review of all loans on a non-accruing basis as well as a review of certain loans to which the lenders or the Company’s Credit Administration function have assigned a criticized or classified risk rating.

The Company’s policy is to charge-off unsecured consumer loans when they become 90 days or more past due as to principal and interest. In the other portfolio segments, amounts are charged-off at the point in time when the Company deems the balance, or a portion thereof, to be uncollectible.

Information related to the change in the allowance and the Company’s recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment as of the period indicated is as follows:



As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017
As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022														As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022
	Commercial &		Commercial					Residential						Commercial &		Commercial					Residential
(dollars in thousands)	industrial		real estate		Consumer			real estate		Unallocated		Total		industrial		real estate		Consumer			real estate		Unallocated		Total
Allowance for Loan Losses:
Beginning balance	$	1,075	$	4,706	$	1,834		$	1,622	$	127	$	9,364	$	2,204	$	7,422	$	2,404		$	3,508	$	86	$	15,624
Charge-offs		(76)		(416)		(505)			(38)		-		(1,035)		-		(1)		(94)			-		-		(95)
Recoveries		5		44		53			-		-		102		2		9		14			2		-		27
Provision		395		(232)		587			215		(40)		925		574		(608)		223			341		(5)		525
Ending balance	$	1,399	$	4,102	$	1,969		$	1,799	$	87	$	9,356	$	2,780	$	6,822	$	2,547		$	3,851	$	81	$	16,081
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	193	$	1,076	$	53		$	317	$	-	$	1,639	$	49	$	552	$	9		$	-	$	-	$	610
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	1,206	$	3,026	$	1,916		$	1,482	$	87	$	7,717	$	2,731	$	6,270	$	2,538		$	3,851	$	81	$	15,471
Loans Receivables:
Ending balance (2)	$	112,096	$	209,119	$	166,228	(1)	$	147,024	$	-	$	634,467	$	252,963	$	584,020	$	256,288	⁽¹⁾	$	379,607	$	-	$	1,472,878
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	228	$	5,160	$	528		$	1,421	$	-	$	7,337	$	49	$	3,149	$	343		$	137	$	-	$	3,678
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	111,868	$	203,959	$	165,700		$	145,603	$	-	$	627,130	$	252,914	$	580,871	$	255,945		$	379,470	$	-	$	1,469,200

⁽¹⁾ Net of unearned lease revenue of ~~$0.6~~$1.4 million. ⁽²⁾ Includes ~~$2.0~~$3.6. million of net deferred loan costs.



As of and for the three months ended September 30, 2017
As of and for the year ended December 31, 2021
	Commercial &		Commercial				Residential						Commercial &		Commercial					Residential
(dollars in thousands)	industrial		real estate		Consumer		real estate		Unallocated		Total		industrial		real estate		Consumer			real estate		Unallocated		Total
Allowance for Loan Losses:
Beginning balance	$	1,383	$	4,510	$	1,939	$	1,511	$	63	$	9,406	$	2,407	$	6,383	$	2,552		$	2,781	$	79	$	14,202
Charge-offs		(46)		(48)		(345)		-		-		(439)		(130)		(491)		(206)			(162)		-		(989)
Recoveries		2		3		9		-		-		14		23		250		138			-		-		411
Provision		60		(363)		366		288		24		375		(96)		1,280		(80)			889		7		2,000
Ending balance	$	1,399	$	4,102	$	1,969	$	1,799	$	87	$	9,356	$	2,204	$	7,422	$	2,404		$	3,508	$	86	$	15,624
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment													$	18	$	1,237	$	4		$	-	$	-	$	1,259
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment													$	2,186	$	6,185	$	2,400		$	3,508	$	86	$	14,365
Loans Receivables:
Ending balance⁽²⁾													$	236,304	$	582,750	$	253,294	⁽¹⁾	$	360,780	$	-	$	1,433,128
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment													$	154	$	5,034	$	175		$	572	$	-	$	5,935
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment													$	236,150	$	577,716	$	253,119		$	360,208	$	-	$	1,427,193

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2016

Commercial &

Commercial

Residential

(dollars in thousands)
industrial

real estate

Consumer

real estate

Unallocated

Total
Allowance for Loan Losses:

Beginning balance
$
1,336

$
5,014

$
1,533

$
1,407

$
237

$
9,527
Charge-offs

(224)

(592)

(504)

(60)

-

(1,380)
Recoveries

55

37

100

-

-

192
Provision

(92)

247

705

275

(110)

1,025
Ending balance
$
1,075

$
4,706

$
1,834

$
1,622

$
127

$
9,364
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
$
193

$
2,382

$
171

$
315

$
-

$
3,061
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
$
882

$
2,324

$
1,663

$
1,307

$
127

$
6,303
Loans Receivables:

Ending balance (2)
$
98,477

$
204,311

$
149,735
(1)
$
144,971

$
-

$
597,494
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
$
235

$
8,436

$
799

$
1,882

$
-

$
11,352
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
$
98,242

$
195,875

$
148,936

$
143,089

$
-

$
586,142

⁽¹⁾ Net of unearned lease revenue of ~~$0.5~~$1.4 million. ⁽²⁾ Includes ~~$1.8~~$3.0 million of net deferred loan costs.

‎

2423

Table Of Contents



As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2016
As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021													As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2021
	Commercial &		Commercial				Residential						Commercial &		Commercial				Residential
(dollars in thousands)	industrial		real estate		Consumer		real estate		Unallocated		Total		industrial		real estate		Consumer		real estate		Unallocated		Total
Allowance for Loan Losses:
Beginning balance	$	1,336	$	5,014	$	1,533	$	1,407	$	237	$	9,527	$	2,407	$	6,383	$	2,552	$	2,781	$	79	$	14,202
Charge-offs		(199)		(526)		(356)		(60)		-		(1,141)		(7)		(124)		(28)		(43)		-		(202)
Recoveries		39		36		85		-		-		160		4		11		24		-		-		39
Provision		(45)		284		526		10		(125)		650		(62)		810		(133)		177		8		800
Ending balance	$	1,131	$	4,808	$	1,788	$	1,357	$	112	$	9,196	$	2,342	$	7,080	$	2,415	$	2,915	$	87	$	14,839

Direct finance leases

On January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and subsequent related updates to revise the accounting for leases. Lessor accounting was largely unchanged as a result of the standard. Additional disclosures required under the standard are included in this section and in Footnote 12, “Leases”.

The Company originates direct finance leases through 2 automobile dealerships. The carrying amount of the Company’s lease receivables, net of unearned income, was $7.7 million and $7.7 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The residual value of the direct finance leases is fully guaranteed by the dealerships. Residual values amounted to $18.0 million and $17.1 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and are included in the carrying value of direct finance leases.

The undiscounted cash flows to be received on an annual basis for the direct finance leases are as follows:

As of and for the three months ended September 30, 2016

Commercial &

Commercial

Residential

(dollars in thousands)
industrial

real estate

Consumer

real estate

Unallocated

Total
Allowance for Loan Losses:

Beginning balance
$
1,231

$
4,880

$
1,692

$
1,365

$
39

$
9,207
Charge-offs

(30)

(183)

(91)

-

-

(304)
Recoveries

18

3

47

-

-

68
Provision

(88)

108

140

(8)

73

225
Ending balance
$
1,131

$
4,808

$
1,788

$
1,357

$
112

$
9,196



(dollars in thousands)	Amount

2022	$	5,609
2023		7,287
2024		8,669
2025		5,333
2026		240
2027 and thereafter		-
Total future minimum lease payments receivable		27,138
Less: Unearned income		(1,431)
Undiscounted cash flows to be received	$	25,707

6. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is computed in the same manner as basic EPS but also reflects the potential dilution that could occur from the grant of stock-based compensation awards. The Company maintains ~~two~~2 active share-based compensation plans that may generate additional potentially dilutive common shares. For granted and unexercised ~~stock options and~~ stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SSARs), dilution would occur if Company-issued ~~stock options or~~ SSARs were exercised and converted into common stock. As of the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, there were ~~16,707 and 12,237~~23,299 potentially dilutive shares related to issued and unexercised ~~stock options and~~ SSARs compared to ~~2,925 and 2,592~~31,934 for the same ~~2016 periods,~~2021 period, respectively. The calculation did not include 11,073 unexercised SSARs that could potentially dilute earnings per share but their effect was antidilutive as of March 31, 2022. For restricted stock, dilution would occur from the Company’s previously granted but unvested shares. There were ~~9,504 and 8,130~~15,246 potentially dilutive shares related to unvested restricted share grants as of the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 compared to ~~8,747 and 6,482~~10,875 for the ~~three and nine months ended September 30, 2016,~~same 2021 period, respectively.

In the computation of diluted EPS, the Company uses the treasury stock method to determine the dilutive effect of its granted but unexercised stock options and SSARs and unvested restricted stock. Under the treasury stock method, the assumed proceeds, as defined, received from shares issued in a hypothetical stock option exercise or restricted stock grant, are assumed to be used to purchase treasury stock. Proceeds ~~include:~~include amounts received from the exercise of outstanding stock options and compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized in earnings. The Company does not consider awards from share-based grants in the computation of basic EPS.

‎

Table Of Contents

The following table illustrates the data used in computing basic and diluted EPS for the periods indicated:



	Three months ended September 30,				Nine months ended September 30,				Three months ended March 31,
	2017		2016		2017		2016		2022		2021
(dollars in thousands except per share data)
Basic EPS:
Net income available to common shareholders	$	2,226	$	2,035	$	6,389	$	5,664	$	7,522	$	5,667
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		3,712,297		3,680,707		3,704,859		3,679,104		5,655,192		4,990,768
Basic EPS	$	0.60	$	0.55	$	1.72	$	1.54	$	1.33	$	1.14

Diluted EPS:
Net income available to common shareholders	$	2,226	$	2,035	$	6,389	$	5,664	$	7,522	$	5,667
Weighted-average common shares outstanding		3,712,297		3,680,707		3,704,859		3,679,104		5,655,192		4,990,768
Potentially dilutive common shares		26,211		11,672		20,367		9,074		38,545		42,809
Weighted-average common and potentially dilutive shares outstanding		3,738,508		3,692,379		3,725,226		3,688,178		5,693,737		5,033,577
Diluted EPS	$	0.60	$	0.55	$	1.72	$	1.54	$	1.32	$	1.13

~~Table Of Contents~~

7. Stock plans

The Company has ~~two~~2 stock-based compensation plans (the stock compensation plans) from which it can grant stock-based compensation awards and applies the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation provided under current accounting guidance. The guidelines require the cost of share-based payment transactions (including those with employees and non-employees) be recognized in the financial statements. The Company’s stock compensation plans were shareholder-approved and permit the grant of share-based compensation awards to its employees and directors. The Company believes that the stock-based compensation plans will advance the development, growth and financial condition of the Company by providing incentives through participation in the appreciation in the value of the Company’s common stock. In return, the Company hopes to secure, retain and motivate the employees and directors who are responsible for the operation and the management of the affairs of the Company by aligning the interest of its employees and directors with the interest of its shareholders. In the stock compensation plans, employees and directors are eligible to be awarded stock-based compensation grants which can consist of stock options (qualified and non-qualified), stock appreciation rights (SARs) and restricted stock.

At the 2012 annual shareholders’ meeting, the Company’s shareholders approved and the Company adopted the 2012 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan and the 2012 Director Stock Incentive Plan (collectively, the 2012 stock incentive plans). ~~The 2012 stock incentive plans replaced both the expired 2000 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan and the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (collectively, the 2000 stock incentive plans).~~ Unless terminated by the Company’s board of directors, the 2012 stock incentive plans will expire on and no stock-based awards shall be granted after the year ~~2022.~~2022.

In each of the 2012 stock incentive plans, the Company has reserved 750,000 shares of its no-par common stock for future issuance. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense over the requisite service or vesting period. During 2015, the Company created a Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) that ~~awards~~awarded restricted stock and stock-settled stock appreciation rights (SSARs) to senior officers based on the attainment of performance goals. The service requirement iswas the participant’s continued employment throughout the LTIP with a ~~three-year~~three year vesting period. ~~The~~Under this plan, the restricted stock ~~has~~had a ~~two-year~~two year post vesting holding period requirement. The SSAR awards have a ten year term from the date of each grant. ~~The~~

During the first quarter of 2022, the Company ~~granted~~approved a 1-year LTIP and awarded restricted stock to senior officers and ~~SSARs~~managers in February ~~2016~~2022 based on ~~2015 performance~~2021 performance.

During the first quarter of 2021, the Company approved a 1-year LTIP and awarded restricted stock to senior officers and managers in February ~~2017~~and March 2021 based on ~~2016~~2020 performance.

‎

Table Of Contents

The following table summarizes the weighted-average fair value and vesting of restricted stock grants awarded during the periods ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016~~2021 under the 2012 stock incentive plans:



	September 30, 2017				September 30, 2016
			Weighted-				Weighted-		March 31, 2022				March 31, 2021
			average				average				Weighted-				Weighted-
	Shares		grant date		Shares		grant date		Shares		average grant		Shares		average grant
	granted		fair value		granted		fair value		granted		date fair value		granted		date fair value

Director plan	8,400	(2)	$	26.17	8,400	(1)	$	21.60	18,000	⁽²⁾	$	49.85	12,500	⁽²⁾	$	52.00
Omnibus plan	4,749	(3)		23.93	4,734	(3)		19.48	16,520	⁽³⁾		49.85	13,552	⁽³⁾		52.00
Omnibus plan	75	(1)		26.17	75	(1)		21.00	-				50	⁽¹⁾		58.17
Omnibus plan									-				36	⁽³⁾		58.17
Total	13,224		$	25.36	13,209		$	20.84	34,520		$	49.85	26,138		$	52.02

⁽¹⁾ Vest after 1 year ⁽²⁾ ~~Vest after 2 years – 50% each year~~ ~~(3)~~ Vest after 3 years – 33% each year⁽³⁾ Vest fully after 3 years

The fair value of the ~~4,749~~ shares granted ~~on February 7, 2017~~in 2022 and 2021 was calculated using the grant date stock price with a discount valuation. The Chaffe model was used to calculate the discount. Since the shares vest over three years and then have a further two-year holding period, the historical volatility of the five years prior to the issue date was used to estimate volatility. The five year treasury yield was used as the interest rate. The Company does pay a dividend, but since the shareholder will receive the dividends during vesting and the post-vest restriction period, no dividend yield was used in the calculation as not to inflate the discount. The grant date stock price was $26.17 and the discount of 8.548% was calculated using an interest rate of 1.841% and a 5 year historical volatility of 18.556%.price.

~~Table Of Contents~~

A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested restricted stock as of and changes during the period indicated are presented in the following table:



	2012 Stock incentive plans					2012 Stock incentive plans
	Director	Omnibus	Total		Weighted- average grant date fair value	Director	Omnibus	Total		Weighted- average grant date fair value
Non-vested balance at December 31, 2016	8,400	13,562	21,962	$	20.31
Non-vested balance at December 31, 2021						14,920	28,123	43,043		53.20
Granted	8,400	4,824	13,224		25.36	18,000	16,520	34,520		49.85
Forfeited	-	-	-			-	(47)	(47)		52.00
Vested	(8,400)	(6,082)	(14,482)		20.47	(6,164)	(2,326)	(8,490)		53.81
Non-vested balance at September 30, 2017	8,400	12,304	20,704	$	23.59
Non-vested balance at March 31, 2022						26,756	42,270	69,026	$	51.45

The Company granted 24,346 SSARs under the Omnibus Plan on February 7, 2017. The Company estimated the fair value of SSARs using the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model on the grant date. The Company used the following assumptions: the risk-free interest rate is the rate equivalent to the expected term of the option interpolated from the U.S. Treasury Yield Curve on the valuation date and historical volatility is calculated by taking the standard deviation of historical returns using weekly and monthly data. The fair value of these SSARs was $5.06 per share, based on a risk-free interest rate of 2.386%, a dividend yield of 3.110% and a volatility of 23.434% using an expected term of ten years.

A summary of the status of the Company’s SSARs as of and changes during the period indicated are presented in the following table:



	Awards		Weighted-average grant date fair value	Weighted-average remaining contractual term (years)	Awards		Weighted-average grant date fair value	Weighted-average remaining contractual term (years)
Outstanding December 31, 2016	29,014	$	3.48	9.1
Outstanding December 31, 2021					94,332		9.66	5.5
Granted	24,346		5.06	9.3	-
Exercised	-		-		-
Forfeited	-		-		-
Outstanding September 30, 2017	53,360	$	4.20	8.8
Outstanding March 31, 2022					94,332	$	9.66	5.3

Of the SSARs outstanding at ~~September 30, 2017, 9,668~~March 31, 2022, all SSARs vested and were exercisable.

There were 0 SSARs ~~vest over~~exercised during the first quarter of 2022. During the first quarter of 2021, there were 2,932 SSARs exercised. The intrinsic value recorded for these SSARs was $10,190. The tax deduction realized from the exercise of these SSARs was $125,810 resulting in a ~~three year period – 33% per year.~~tax benefit of $26,420.

Share-based compensation expense is included as a component of salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income. The following tables illustrate stock-based compensation expense recognized on non-vested equity awards during the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016~~2021 and the unrecognized stock-based compensation expense as of ~~September 30, 2017:~~March 31, 2022:


		Three months ended			Nine months ended
		September 30,			September 30,				Three months ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2017		2016		2017			2016	2022			2021
Stock-based compensation expense:
Director stock incentive plan	$	28	$	45	$	89	$	129	$	109	$	75
Omnibus stock incentive plan		49		36		144		104		165		157
Employee stock purchase plan		-		-		23		15		32		44
Total stock-based compensation expense	$	77	$	81	$	256	$	248	$	306	$	276

In addition, during the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2021, the Company ~~accrued $54 thousand and $163 thousand, respectively,~~reversed accruals of ($10 thousand) in stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock and SSARs ~~to be~~ awarded under the Omnibus Plan. ~~The Company accrued $51 thousand and $137 thousand, respectively, in stock-based compensation expense during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2016.~~

Table Of Contents

			As of
(dollars in thousands)					~~As of~~March 31, 2022
~~(dollars in thousands)~~				~~September 30, 2017~~
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense:
Director plan	$	1,287		$	~~146~~
Omnibus plan		1,438			~~330~~
Total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense	$	2,725		$	~~476~~

The unrecognized stock-based compensation expense as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 will be recognized ratably over the periods ended ~~January 2019~~February 2025 and ~~January 2020~~February 2025 for the Director Plan and the Omnibus Plan, respectively.

~~Table Of Contents~~

~~Transactions under the Company’s stock option plan for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 are presented in the following table:~~

Options

Weighted-average exercise price

Weighted-average remaining contractual term (years)
Outstanding and exercisable, December 31, 2016

22,500

$
19.12

1.0
Granted

-

-

Exercised

(17,250)

19.27

Forfeited

-

-

Outstanding and exercisable, September 30, 2017

5,250

$
18.62

0.3

During the first nine months of 2017, there were 17,250 stock options exercised at a price of $19.27 per share. The intrinsic value of these stock options was $64,055. The tax deduction realized from the exercise of these options was $257,492 resulting in a tax benefit of $87,547. During the first nine months of 2016, there were 750 stock options exercised at a price of $18.50 per share. The intrinsic value of these stock options was $2,585 and the tax deduction realized from the exercise of these options was $2,375 resulting in a tax benefit of $808. The Company has not issued stock options since 2008.

In addition to the 2012 stock incentive plans, the Company established the 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the ESPP) and reserved 165,000 shares of its un-issued capital stock for issuance under the plan. The ESPP was designed to promote broad-based employee ownership of the Company’s stock and to motivate employees to improve job performance and enhance the financial results of the Company. Under the ESPP, participation is voluntary whereby employees use automatic payroll withholdings to purchase the Company’s capital stock at a discounted price based on the fair market value of the capital stock as measured on either the commencement or termination dates, as defined. As of ~~September 30, 2017, 69,701~~March 31, 2022, 94,533 shares have been issued under the ESPP. The ESPP is considered a compensatory plan and is required to comply with the provisions of current accounting guidance. The Company recognizes compensation expense on its ESPP on the date the shares are purchased, and it is included as a component of salaries and employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income.

8. Fair value measurements

The accounting guidelines establish a framework for measuring and disclosing information about fair value measurements. The guidelines of fair value reporting instituted a valuation hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three broad levels as follows:

Level 1 - inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2 - inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument;

Level 3 - inputs are unobservable and are based on the Company’s own assumptions to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. Level 3 pricing for securities may also include unobservable inputs based upon broker-traded transactions.

A financial asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company uses fair value to measure certain assets and, if necessary, liabilities on a recurring basis when fair value is the primary measure for accounting. Thus, the Company uses fair value for AFS securities. Fair value is used on a non-recurring basis to measure certain assets when adjusting carrying values to market values, such as impaired loans, other real estate owned (ORE) and other repossessed assets.

~~Table Of Contents~~

The following table represents the carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments as of the periods indicated:


September 30, 2017
March 31, 2022											March 31, 2022
					Quoted prices		Significant		Significant						Quoted prices		Significant		Significant
					in active		other		other						in active		other		other
	Carrying		Estimated		markets		observable inputs		unobservable inputs		Carrying		Estimated		markets		observable inputs		unobservable inputs
(dollars in thousands)	amount		fair value		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		amount		fair value		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)

Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	41,881	$	41,881	$	41,881	$	-	$	-	$	97,403	$	97,403	$	97,403	$	-	$	-
Available-for-sale securities		151,995		151,995		776		151,219		-
FHLB stock		2,543		2,543		-		2,543		-
Available-for-sale debt securities												711,583		711,583		-		711,583		-
Restricted investments in bank stock												3,231		3,231		-		3,231		-
Loans and leases, net		625,111		623,567		-		-		623,567		1,456,797		1,408,647		-		-		1,408,647
Loans held-for-sale		1,629		1,662		-		1,662		-		6,236		6,315		-		6,315		-
Accrued interest receivable		2,769		2,769		-		2,769		-		7,424		7,424		-		7,424		-
Interest rate swaps												18		18		-		18		-
Financial liabilities:
Deposits with no stated maturities		640,173		640,173		-		640,173		-		2,079,581		2,079,581		-		2,079,581		-
Time deposits		108,404		107,564		-		107,564		-		130,424		128,361		-		128,361		-
Short-term borrowings		12,920		12,920		-		12,920		-
FHLB advances		23,704		23,617		-		23,617		-
Secured borrowings												10,572		9,853		-		-		9,853
Accrued interest payable		319		319		-		319		-		114		114		-		114		-


Interest rate swaps												18		18		-		18		-

Table Of Contents


December 31, 2016
December 31, 2021											December 31, 2021
					Quoted prices		Significant		Significant						Quoted prices		Significant		Significant
					in active		other		other						in active		other		other
	Carrying		Estimated		markets		observable inputs		unobservable inputs		Carrying		Estimated		markets		observable inputs		unobservable inputs
(dollars in thousands)	amount		fair value		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		amount		fair value		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)

Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	25,843	$	25,843	$	25,843	$	-	$	-	$	96,877	$	96,877	$	96,877	$	-	$	-
Available-for-sale securities		130,037		130,037		633		129,404		-
FHLB stock		2,606		2,606		-		2,606		-
Available-for-sale debt securities												738,980		738,980		-		738,980		-
Restricted investments in bank stock												3,206		3,206		-		3,206		-
Loans and leases, net		588,130		590,688		-		-		590,688		1,417,504		1,404,103		-		-		1,404,103
Loans held-for-sale		2,854		2,907		-		2,907		-		31,727		32,013		-		32,013		-
Accrued interest receivable		2,246		2,246		-		2,246		-		7,526		7,526		-		7,526		-
Financial liabilities:
Deposits with no stated maturities		610,706		610,706		-		610,706		-		2,031,072		2,031,072		-		2,031,072		-
Time deposits		92,753		91,969		-		91,969		-		138,793		138,291		-		138,291		-
Short-term borrowings		4,223		4,223		-		4,223		-
Secured borrowings												10,620		10,690		-		-		10,690
Accrued interest payable		181		181		-		181		-		155		155		-		155		-

The carrying value of short-term financial instruments, as listed below, approximates their fair value. These instruments generally have limited credit exposure, no stated or short-term maturities, carry interest rates that approximate market and generally are recorded at amounts that are payable on ~~demand :~~demand:

~~Cash and cash equivalents;~~

~~Non-interest bearing deposit accounts;~~

~~Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market accounts and~~

~~Short-term borrowings.~~

Cash and cash equivalents;

Non-interest bearing deposit accounts;

Savings, interest-bearing checking and money market accounts and

Short-term borrowings.

Securities: Fair values on investment securities are determined by prices provided by a third-party vendor, who is a provider of financial market data, analytics and related services to financial institutions.

~~Loans~~Originated loans and leases: The fair value of accruing loans is estimated by calculating the net present value of the future expected cash flows discounted atusing the exit price notion. The discount rate is based upon current offering rates, with an additional discount for ~~similar loans. Current offering rates consider, among other things,~~expected potential charge-offs. Additionally, an environmental general credit ~~risk.~~ risk adjustment is subtracted from the net present value to arrive at the total estimated fair value of the accruing loan portfolio.

The carrying value that fair value is compared to is net of the allowance for loan losses and since there is significant judgment included in evaluating credit quality, loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

~~Table Of Contents~~

Non-accrual loans: Loans which the Company has measured as non-accruing are generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral. Fair value is generally determined based upon independent third-party appraisals of the properties. These loans are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The ~~net carrying~~fair value consists of loan balances less the valuation allowance.

Acquired loans: Acquired loans ~~acquired through~~(performing and non-performing) are initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair values using Level 3 inputs. For more information on the ~~Wayne Bank branch acquisition approximates~~calculation of the fair value of ~~the loans.~~acquired loans, see Footnote 9, “Acquisition.”

Loans held-for-sale: The fair value of loans held-for-sale is estimated using rates currently offered for similar loans and is typically obtained from the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) or the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh (FHLB).

Certificates of deposit: The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on discounted cash flows using rates which approximate market rates for deposits of similar maturities.

Secured borrowings: The fair value ~~of certificates of deposit acquired through the Wayne Bank branch acquisition represents the estimated fair value of~~for these ~~deposits.~~obligations uses an income approach based on expected cash flows on a pooled basis.

~~FHLB advances:~~ ~~Fair value is estimated using the rates currently offered for similar borrowings.~~
‎

Table Of Contents

The following tables illustrate the financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis segregated by hierarchy fair value levels as of the periods indicated:



			Quoted prices								Quoted prices
			in active		Significant other		Significant other				in active		Significant other		Significant other
	Total carrying value		markets		observable inputs		unobservable inputs		Total carrying value		markets		observable inputs		unobservable inputs
(dollars in thousands)	September 30, 2017		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		March 31, 2022		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Available-for-sale securities:
Agency - GSE	$	16,213	$	-	$	16,213	$	-	$	114,232	$	-	$	114,232	$	-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		43,735		-		43,735		-		338,623		-		338,623		-
MBS - GSE residential		91,271		-		91,271		-		258,728		-		258,728		-
Equity securities - financial services		776		776		-		-
Total available-for-sale securities	$	151,995	$	776	$	151,219	$	-
Total available-for-sale debt securities									$	711,583	$	-	$	711,583	$	-



			Quoted prices								Quoted prices
			in active		Significant other		Significant other				in active		Significant other		Significant other
	Total carrying value		markets		observable inputs		unobservable inputs		Total carrying value		markets		observable inputs		unobservable inputs
(dollars in thousands)	December 31, 2016		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		December 31, 2021		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Available-for-sale securities:
Agency - GSE	$	18,276	$	-	$	18,276	$	-	$	117,003	$	-	$	117,003	$	-
Obligations of states and political subdivisions		40,191		-		40,191		-		364,710		-		364,710		-
MBS - GSE residential		70,937		-		70,937		-		257,267		-		257,267		-
Equity securities - financial services		633		633		-		-
Total available-for-sale securities	$	130,037	$	633	$	129,404	$	-
Total available-for-sale debt securities									$	738,980	$	-	$	738,980	$	-

~~Equity securities in the AFS portfolio are measured at fair value using quoted market prices for identical assets and are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.~~ Debt securities in the AFS portfolio are measured at fair value using market quotations provided by a third-party vendor, who is a provider of financial market data, analytics and related services to financial institutions. Assets classified as Level 2 use valuation techniques that are common to bond valuations. That is, in active markets whereby bonds of similar characteristics frequently trade, quotes for similar assets are obtained. ~~For the periods ending September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were no transfers to or from Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements for financial assets measured on a recurring basis.~~

There were no0 changes in Level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of and for the periods ending ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, respectively.

The following table illustrates the financial instruments newly measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis segregated by hierarchy fair value levels as of the periods indicated:



			Quoted prices in		Significant other		Significant other				Quoted prices in		Significant other		Significant other
	Total carrying value		active markets		observable inputs		unobservable inputs		Total carrying value		active markets		observable inputs		unobservable inputs
(dollars in thousands)	at September 30, 2017		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)		at March 31, 2022		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)

Impaired loans	$	4,253	$	-	$	-	$	4,253	$	913	$	-	$	-	$	913
Other real estate owned		764		-		-		764		151		-		-		151
Total	$	5,017	$	-	$	-	$	5,017	$	1,064	$	-	$	-	$	1,064

~~Table Of Contents~~



			Quoted prices in		Significant other		Significant other
	Total carrying value		active markets		observable inputs		unobservable inputs
(dollars in thousands)	at December 31, 2021		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Impaired loans	$	2,245	$	-	$	-	$	2,245
Other real estate owned		198		-		-		198
Total	$	2,443	$	-	$	-	$	2,443

Quoted prices in

Significant other

Significant other

Total carrying value

active markets

observable inputs

unobservable inputs
(dollars in thousands)
at December 31, 2016

(Level 1)

(Level 2)

(Level 3)

Impaired loans
$
6,254

$
-

$
-

$
6,254
Other real estate owned

872

-

-

872
Total
$
7,126

$
-

$
-

$
7,126

From time-to-time, the Company may be required to record at fair value financial instruments on a non-recurring basis, such as impaired loans, ORE and other repossessed assets. These non-recurring fair value adjustments involve the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting on write downs of individual assets. The fair value of impaired loans was calculated using the value of the impaired loans with an allowance less the related allowance.

The following describes valuation methodologies used for financial instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are written down to fair value through the establishment of specific reserves, a component

Table Of Contents

of the allowance for loan losses, and as such are carried at the lower of net recorded investment or the estimated fair value.

Estimates of fair value of the collateral are determined based on a variety of information, including available valuations from certified appraisers for similar assets, present value of discounted cash flows and inputs that are estimated based on commonly used and generally accepted industry liquidation advance rates and estimates and assumptions developed by management.

Valuation techniques for impaired loans are typically determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral or may be determined through present value of discounted cash flows. Both techniques include various Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable. The valuation technique may be adjusted by management for estimated liquidation expenses and qualitative factors such as economic conditions. If real estate is not the primary source of repayment, present value of discounted cash flows and estimates using generally accepted industry liquidation advance rates and other factors may be utilized to determine fair value.

At ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, the range of liquidation expenses and other valuation adjustments applied to impaired loans ranged from ~~-20.54% to -53.00%~~-9.06% and -9.06% and from ~~-22.72%~~-33.08% to ~~-57.49%~~-47.66%, respectively. The ~~weighted-average~~weighted average of liquidation expenses and other valuation adjustments applied to impaired loans amounted to ~~-30.71% and -32.47%~~-9.06% as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and -44.50% as of December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, respectively. Due to the multitude of assumptions, many of which are subjective in nature, and the varying inputs and techniques used to determine fair value, the Company recognizes that valuations could differ across a wide spectrum of techniques employed. Accordingly, fair value estimates for impaired loans are classified as Level 3.

For ORE, fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying properties which generally include various Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable. Appraisals form the basis for determining the net realizable value from these properties. Net realizable value is the result of the appraised value less certain costs or discounts associated with liquidation which occurs in the normal course of business. Management’s assumptions may include consideration of the location and occupancy of the property, along with current economic conditions. Subsequently, as these properties are actively marketed, the estimated fair values may be periodically adjusted through incremental subsequent write-downs. These write-downs usually reflect decreases in estimated values resulting from sales price observations as well as changing economic and market conditions. At ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, the discounts applied to the appraised values of ORE ranged from ~~-17.95% to -99.00%~~-20.16% and ~~-21.74% to -99.00%~~-77.60% and from -20.16% and -77.60%, respectively. As of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, the ~~weighted-average~~weighted average of discount to the appraisal values of ORE amounted to ~~-28.19%~~-22.87% and ~~-32.38%~~-28.21%, respectively.

~~As of September 30, 2017, the Company had one automobile in~~At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were 0 other repossessed ~~assets with a balance of $4 thousand. As of December 31, 2016, the~~assets. The Company ~~had one automobile in other repossessed assets with a balance of $8 thousand. There were no adjustments~~refers to the ~~carrying value of these automobiles.~~National Automobile Dealers Association (NADA) guide to determine a vehicle’s fair value.

9. Acquisition

On ~~March 17, 2017,~~July 1, 2021, the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of Landmark. Landmark was a 1-bank holding company organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and was headquartered in Pittston, PA. Its wholly owned subsidiary, Landmark Community Bank, was an independent community bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Landmark Community Bank conducted full-service commercial banking services through 5 bank centers located in Lackawanna and Luzerne Counties, Pennsylvania. The acquisition expanded Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank’s full-service footprint in Luzerne County, Pennsylvania. The Company transacted the acquisition to complement the Company’s existing operations, while consistent with the Company’s strategic plan of enhancing long-term shareholder value. The fair value of total assets acquired as a result of the ~~West Scranton branch~~merger totaled $375.5 million (net of ~~Wayne Bank,~~cash consideration), loans totaled $298.9 million and deposits totaled $308.5 million. Goodwill recorded in the ~~wholly owned banking subsidiary~~merger was $12.6 million.

In accordance with the terms of ~~Norwood~~the Reorganization Agreement, on July 1, 2021 each share of Landmark common stock was converted into the right to receive 0.272 shares of the Company’s common stock and $3.26 in cash. As a result of the aquisition, the Company issued 647,990 shares of its common stock, valued at $35.1 million, and $7.8 million in cash based upon $54.10, the determined market price of the Company’s common stock in accordance with the Reorganization Agreement. The results of the combined entity’s operations are included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial ~~Corp.,~~Statements from the date of acquisition. The acquisition of Landmark was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and consideration paid were recorded at estimated fair values on the acquisition date.

Effective July 1, 2021, in connection with the acquisition and pursuant to the terms of the ~~Branch Purchase and Deposit Assumption~~Reorganization Agreement, ~~dated September 29, 2016. The Company purchased all~~Paul C. Woelkers was appointed as a Class C Director of the deposit liabilities associated with the branch, certain loans, and the branch real estate, and immediately closed the branch and consolidated the acquired deposits and loans into its nearby West Scranton branch office. The Company expects this transaction to expand its customer base in West Scranton.Fidelity’s Board of Directors. Mr. Woelkers was also appointed as a Director of Fidelity Bank’s Board of Directors.

The transaction has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at book value which also represented estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. Management made significant estimates and exercised significant judgement in estimating fair value, but the fair value adjustments were deemed immaterial to the financial statements.
‎

~~The Company recognized $41 thousand of acquisition-related costs during the first nine months of 2017. These costs are being~~

3130

Table Of Contents

~~expensed as incurred and are presented in non-interest expenses on the consolidated statements of income. Costs incurred in 2017 consist principally of legal fees and other professional fees.~~

The following table summarizes the ~~estimated~~consideration paid for Landmark and the fair value of assets acquired, and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date:


Purchase Price Consideration in Common Stock
Landmark shares settled for stock			2,382,695
Exchange ratio			0.272
Total FDBC shares issued			647,990
Value assigned to FDBC common share (6/30/2021 closing price)		$	54.10

Purchase price assigned to Landmark common shares exchanged for FDBC common shares		$	35,056,259

Purchase Price Consideration - Cash for Common Stock
Landmark shares exchanged for cash, excluding fractional shares			2,382,695
Cash consideration (per Landmark share)		$	3.26
Cash portion of purchase price		$	7,767,586

Cash portion of purchase price (cash paid fractional shares)		$	5,559

Cash for outstanding Landmark stock options		$	69,250

Total consideration paid		$	42,898,654

Allocation of Purchase Price	In thousands
Total Purchase Price		$	42,899

Estimated Fair Value of Assets Acquired
Cash and cash equivalents	4,090
Investment securities	49,430
Loans	298,860
Restricted investments in bank stock	1,186
Premises and equipment	3,405
Lease property under finance leases	1,188
Core deposit intangible asset	597
Other real estate owned	488
Other assets	11,629
Total assets acquired	370,873

Estimated Fair Value of Liabilities Assumed
Non-interest bearing deposits	100,472
Interest bearing deposits	208,057
Short-term borrowings	2,224
FHLB borrowings	4,602
Secured borrowings	20,619
Finance lease obligation	1,188
Other liabilities	3,387
Total liabilities assumed	340,549

Net Assets Acquired			30,324
Goodwill Recorded in Acquisition		$	12,575

Pursuant to the accounting requirements, the Company assigned a fair value to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed of Landmark. ASC 820 defines fair value as “the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.”

The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition of Landmark were recorded at their estimated fair values based on management’s best estimates using information available at the date of ~~acquisition:~~the acquisition and are subject to adjustment for up to one year

Table Of Contents

after the closing date of the acquisition. While the fair values are not expected to be materially different from the estimates, any material adjustments to the estimates will be reflected, retroactively, as of the date of the acquisition. The items most susceptible to adjustment are the fair value adjustments on loans, core deposit intangible and the deferred income tax assets resulting from the acquisition. Fair values of the major categories of assets acquired and liabilities assumed were determined as follows:

Investment securities available-for-sale

The estimated fair values of the investment securities available for sale, primarily comprised of U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities, U.S. government agencies and municipal bonds, were determined using Level 1 and Level 2 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. The fair values were determined using executable market bids or independent pricing services. The Company’s independent pricing service utilized matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific security but rather relying on the security’s relationship to other benchmark quoted prices. Management reviewed the data and assumptions used in pricing the securities.

Loans

Acquired loans (performing and non-performing) are initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair values using Level 3 inputs. Fair values are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that involves assumptions and judgments as to credit risk, expected lifetime losses, environmental factors, collateral values, discount rates, expected payments and expected prepayments. Specifically, the Company has prepared 3 separate loan fair value adjustments that it believed a market participant might employ in estimating the entire fair value adjustment necessary under ASC 820-10 for the acquired loan portfolio. The 3-separate fair valuation methodology employed are: 1) an interest rate loan fair value adjustment, 2) a general credit fair value adjustment, and 3) a specific credit fair value adjustment for purchased credit impaired loans subject to ASC 310-30 procedures. The acquired loans were recorded at fair value at the acquisition date without carryover of Landmark’s previously established allowance for loan losses. The fair value of the financial assets acquired included loans receivable with a gross amortized cost basis of $309.8 million.

The table below illustrates the fair value adjustments made to the amortized cost basis in order to present the fair value of the loans acquired. The credit adjustment on purchased credit impaired loans is derived in accordance with ASC 310-30 and represents the portion of the loan balances that has been deemed uncollectible based on the Company’s expectations of future cash flows for each respective loan.


Dollars in thousands
~~(dollars in thousands)~~Gross amortized cost basis at June 30, 2021	~~March 17, 2017~~	$	309,767
Interest rate fair value adjustment on pools of homogeneous loans			(1,855)
~~Cash and cash equivalents~~Credit fair value adjustment on pools of homogeneous loans	$	~~11,817~~
~~Loans~~		~~1,574~~
~~Bank premises and equipment~~		~~264~~
~~Goodwill~~		~~209~~
~~Accrued interest receivable and other assets~~		4
~~Total assets acquired~~	$	~~13,868~~
		(7,915)
~~Deposits~~Credit fair value adjustment on purchased credit impaired loans	$	~~13,809~~	(1,137)
~~Accrued interest payable and other liabilities~~Fair value of acquired loans at June 30, 2021		59 $	298,860
~~Total liabilities assumed~~	$	~~13,868~~

~~The Company~~For loans acquired ~~$1.6 million in residential and consumer loans. None of the loans that were acquired had~~without evidence of credit quality ~~deterioration.~~

deterioration, the Company prepared the interest rate loan fair value and credit fair value adjustments. Loans were grouped into homogeneous pools by characteristics such as loan type, term, collateral, and rate. Market rates for similar loans were obtained from various internal and external data sources and reviewed by management for reasonableness. The average of these rates was used as the fair value interest rate a market participant would utilize. A present value approach was utilized to calculate the interest rate fair value discount of $1.9 million. Additionally, for loans acquired without credit deterioration, a credit fair value adjustment was calculated using a two-part credit fair value analysis: 1) expected lifetime credit migration losses; and 2) estimated fair value adjustment for certain qualitative factors. The expected lifetime losses were calculated using historical losses observed by the Company, Landmark and peer banks. The Company also estimated an environmental factor to apply to each loan type. The environmental factor represents the potential discount which may arise due to general credit and economic factors. A credit fair value discount of $7.9 million was determined. Both the interest rate and credit fair value adjustments relate to loans acquired with evidence of credit quality deterioration will be substantially recognized as interest income on a level yield amortization method over the expected life of the loans.

The following table presents the acquired purchased credit impaired loans receivable at the acquisition date:


Dollars in thousands
Contractual principal and interest at acquisition	$	5,306
Non-accretable difference		(1,691)
Expected cash flows at acquisition		3,615
Accretable yield		(588)
Fair value of purchased impaired loans	$	3,027

‎

Table Of Contents

Premises and Equipment

The Company assumed leases on 2 branch facilities of Landmark. The Company compared the lease contract obligations to comparable market rental rates determined by third-party licensed appraisers. The Company believed that the leased contract rates were in a reasonable range of market rental rates and concluded that no fair market value adjustment related to leasehold interest was necessary. The fair value of Landmark’s premises, including land, buildings and improvements, was determined based upon independent third-party appraisals performed by licensed appraisers or sales agreements.

Core Deposit Intangible

The fair value of the core deposit intangible was determined based on a discounted cash flow (present value) analysis using a discount rate commensurate with market participants. To calculate cash flows, deposit account servicing costs (net of deposit fee income) and interest expense on deposits were compared to the higher cost of alternative funding sources available through national brokered CD offering rates and FHLB advance rates. The projected cash flows were developed using projected deposit attrition rates based on the average rate experienced by both institutions. The core deposit intangible will be amortized over ten years using the sum-of-years digits method.

Time Deposits

The fair value adjustment for time deposits represents a discount from the value of the contractual repayments of fixed maturity deposits using prevailing market interest rates for similar-term time deposits. The time deposit premium is being amortized into income on a level yield amortization method over the contractual life of the deposits.

Secured Borrowings

The Company identified 19 sold participations acquired from Landmark that did not meet the criteria for sales treatment under ASC 860-10-40 and should be recorded ~~goodwill associated~~as obligations from secured borrowing arrangements. The Company has estimated the fair value of these obligations using an income approach based on the expected cash flows method on a pooled basis using Level 3 assumptions.

FHLB Borrowings

The Company assumed FHLB borrowings in connection with the merger. The fair value of FHLB Borrowings was determined by using FHLB prepayment penalty as a proxy for the fair value adjustment. The Company decided to pay off the borrowing post acquisition ~~of the West Scranton branch of Wayne bank totaling $0.2 million. Goodwill~~date therefore no amortization is ~~not amortized, but is periodically evaluated for impairment.~~ warranted.

Merger-related expenses

The Company did not ~~recognize~~incur any ~~impairment during~~merger-related expenses for the ~~nine~~three months ended ~~September 30, 2017.~~March 31, 2022. For ~~income tax purposes, goodwill will be deducted over a 15 year period.~~the three months ended March 31, 2021, the Company incurred $0.5 million in merger-related expenses related to the merger with Landmark, primarily consisting of professional fee expenses.

10. Employee Benefits

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (BOLI)

The Company has purchased single premium BOLI policies on certain officers. The policies are recorded at their cash surrender values. Increases in cash surrender values are included in non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income. ~~In March 2017,~~As a result of the acquisition of Landmark, the Company ~~purchased an additional $8.0~~added BOLI with a value of $7.2 million ~~of BOLI.~~during 2021. The policies’ cash surrender value totaled ~~$19.9~~$53.1 million and ~~$11.4~~$52.7 million, respectively, as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016~~2021 and is reflected as an asset on the consolidated balance sheets. ~~As of September 30, 2017~~For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and ~~2016,~~2021, the Company has recorded income of ~~$422~~$319 thousand and ~~$264~~$296 thousand, respectively.

Officer Life Insurance

In 2017, the Bank entered into separate split dollar life insurance arrangements (Split Dollar Agreements) with ~~eleven~~11 officers. This plan provides each officer a specified death benefit should the officer die while in the Bank’s employ. The Bank paid the insurance premiums in March 2017 and the arrangements were effective in March 2017. In March 2019, the Bank entered into a new Split Dollar Agreement with 1 officer. In January 2021, the Bank entered into Split Dollar Agreements with 15 officers. The Bank owns the policies and all cash values thereunder. Upon death of the covered employee, the agreed-upon amount of death proceeds from the policies will be paid directly to the insured’s beneficiary. As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the policies had total death benefits of ~~$20.6~~$53.1 million of which ~~$4.0~~$8.4 million would have been paid to the officer’s beneficiaries and the remaining ~~$16.6~~$44.7 million would have been paid to the Bank. In addition, ~~three~~4 executive officers have the opportunity to retain a split dollar benefit equal to two times their highest base salary after separation from service if the vesting requirements are met. As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had a balance in accrued expenses of ~~$21~~$217 thousand and $200 thousand for the split dollar benefit.

Supplemental Executive Retirement plan (SERP)

On March 29, 2017, the Bank entered into separate supplemental executive retirement agreements (individually the “SERP Agreement”) with ~~five~~5 officers, pursuant to which the Bank will credit an amount to a SERP account established on each participant’s behalf while they are actively employed by the Bank for each calendar month from March 1, 2017 until retirement. On March 20,

Table Of Contents

2019, the Bank entered into a SERP Agreement with 1 officer, pursuant to which the Bank will credit an amount to a SERP account established for the participant’s behalf while they are actively employed by the Bank for each calendar month from March 1, 2019 until normal retirement age. As a result of the acquisition of Landmark, the Company added $1.0 million in accrued SERP expenses to the consolidated balance sheets. As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had a balance in accrued expenses of ~~$268 thousand~~$3.7 million and $3.6 million in connection with the SERP.

11. Revenue Recognition

As of January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) and all subsequent ASUs that modified Topic 606. The Company has elected to use the modified retrospective approach with prior period financial statements unadjusted and presented with historical revenue recognition methods. The implementation of the new standard had no material impact on the measurement or recognition of revenue; as such, a cumulative effect adjustment to opening retained earnings was not deemed necessary.

The majority of the Company’s revenues are generated through interest earned on securities and loans, which is explicitly excluded from the scope of the guidance. In addition, certain non-interest income streams such as fees associated with mortgage servicing rights, loan service charges, life insurance earnings, rental income and gains/losses on the sale of loans and securities are not in the scope of the new guidance. The main types of contracts with customers that are in the scope of the new guidance are:

Service charges on deposit accounts – Deposit service charges represent fees charged by the Company for the performance obligation of providing services to a customer’s deposit account. The transaction price for deposit services includes both fixed and variable amounts based on the Company’s fee schedules. Revenue is recognized and payment is received either at a point in time for transactional fees or on a monthly basis for non-transactional fees.

Interchange fees – Interchange fees represent fees charged by the Company for customers using debit cards. The contract is between the Company and the processor and the performance obligation is the ability of customers to use debit cards to make purchases at a point in time. The transaction price is a percentage of debit card usage and the processor pays the Company and revenue is recorded throughout the month as the performance obligations are being met.

Fees from trust fiduciary activities – Trust fees represent fees charged by the Company for the management, custody and/or administration of trusts. These are mostly monthly fees based on the market value of assets in the trust account at the prior month end. Payment is generally received a few weeks after month end through a direct charge to customers’ accounts. Estate fees are recognized and charged as the Company reaches each of six different stages of the estate administration process.

Fees from financial services – Financial service fees represent fees charged by the Company for the performance obligation of providing various services for an investment account. Revenue is recognized twice monthly for fees on sales transactions and on a monthly basis for advisory fees and quarterly for trail fees.

Gain/loss on ORE sales – Gain/loss on the sale of ORE is recognized at the closing date when the sales proceeds are received. In seller-financed ORE transactions, the contract is made subject to our normal underwriting standards and pricing. The Company does not have any obligation or right to repurchase any sales of ORE.

Contract balances

A contract asset balance occurs when an entity performs a service for a customer before the customer pays consideration (resulting in a contract receivable) or before the payment is due (resulting in a contract asset). A contract liability balance is an entity’s obligation to transfer a service to a customer for which the entity already received payment (or payment is due) from the customer. The Company’s non-interest income streams are largely based on transactional activity, or standard month-end revenue accruals such as asset management fees based on month-end market values. Consideration is often received immediately or shortly after the Company satisfies its performance obligation and revenue is recognized. The Company typically does not enter into long-term revenue contracts with customers, and therefore, does not experience significant contract balances. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company did 0t have any significant contract balances.

Remaining performance obligations

The Company’s performance obligations have an original expected duration of less than one year and follow the relevant guidance for recognizing revenue over time. There is no variable consideration subject to constraint that is not included in information about transaction price.

Contract acquisition costs

An entity is required to capitalize and subsequently amortize into expense, certain incremental costs of obtaining a contract if these costs are expected to be recovered. The incremental costs of obtaining a contract are those costs that an entity incurs to obtain a contract with a customer that it would not have incurred if the contract had not been obtained (for example, sales commission). The Company utilizes the practical expedient which allows entities to immediately expense contract acquisition costs when the asset that would have resulted from capitalizing these costs would have been amortized in one year or less.

‎

3234

Table Of Contents

12. Leases

ASU 2016-02 Leases (Topic 842) became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. For all operating lease contracts where the Company is lessee, a right-of-use (ROU) asset and lease liability were recorded as of the effective date. The Company assumed all renewal terms will be exercised when calculating the ROU assets and lease liabilities. For leases existing at the transition date, any prepaid or deferred rent was added to the ROU asset to calculate the lease liability. The discount rate used to calculate the present value of future payments at the transition date was the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. The Company used the FHLB fixed rate borrowing rates as the discount rates. For all classes of underlying assets, the Company has elected not to record short-term leases (leases with a term of 12 months or less) on the balance sheet when the Company is lessee. Instead, the Company will recognize the lease payment on a straight-line basis over the lease term and variable lease payments in the period in which the obligation for those payments is incurred. For all asset classes, the Company has elected, as a lessee, not to separate nonlease components from lease components and instead to account for each separate lease component and nonlease components associated with that lease component as a single lease component.

Management determines if an arrangement is or contains a lease at contract inception. If an arrangement is determined to be or contains a lease, the Company recognizes a ROU asset and a lease liability when the asset is placed in service.

The Company’s operating leases, where the Company is lessee, include property, land and equipment. As of March 31, 2022, 11 of the Company’s branch properties and 1 future branch were leased under operating leases. In 4 of the branch leases, the Company leases the land from an unrelated third party, and the buildings are the Company’s own capital improvement. The Company also leases 3 standalone ATMs under operating leases. Additionally, the Company has 1 property lease and 4 equipment leases classified as finance leases. The Company acquired a leased property classified as a finance lease with a fair value of $1.2 million from the Landmark merger during 2021.

The following is an analysis of the leased property under finance leases:




(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2022		December 31, 2021

Property and equipment	$	1,721	$	1,673
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(429)		(366)
Leased property under finance leases, net	$	1,292	$	1,307

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under finance leases together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of March 31, 2022:


(dollars in thousands)	Amount

2022	$	196
2023		235
2024		178
2025		165
2026		150
2027 and thereafter		463
Total minimum lease payments ^(a)		1,387
Less amount representing interest ^(b)		(78)
Present value of net minimum lease payments	$	1,309

(a)The future minimum lease payments have not been reduced by estimated executory costs (such as taxes and maintenance) since this amount was deemed immaterial by management.

(b)Amount necessary to reduce net minimum lease payments to present value calculated at the Company’s incremental borrowing rate upon lease inception.

As of March 31, 2022, the Company leased its Green Ridge, Pittston, Peckville, Back Mountain, Mountain Top, Abington, Nazareth, Easton, Bethlehem, Martins Creek and Wyoming branches under the terms of operating leases. During 2021, the Company entered into a new lease for the Bethlehem branch which will be relocated in 2022. Common area maintenance is included in variable lease payments in the table below. The Abington branch has variable lease payments which are calculated as a percentage of the national prime rate of interest and are expensed as incurred. The Bethlehem and Easton branches have variable lease payments that increase annually and are expensed as incurred.

‎

Table Of Contents


(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2022		March 31, 2021
Lease cost
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets	$	63	$	24
Interest on lease liabilities		6		2
Operating lease cost		184		148
Short-term lease cost		37		5
Variable lease cost		10		1
Total lease cost	$	300	$	180

Other information
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities
Operating cash flows from finance leases	$	6	$	2
Operating cash flows from operating leases (Fixed payments)	$	148	$	138
Operating cash flows from operating leases (Liability reduction)	$	74	$	77
Financing cash flows from finance leases	$	59	$	24
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities	$	-	$	-
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities	$	-	$	-
Weighted-average remaining lease term - finance leases		6.98 yrs		2.89 yrs
Weighted average remaining lease term - operating leases		21.25 yrs		21.13 yrs
Weighted-average discount rate - finance leases		1.77%		2.50%
Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases		3.39%		3.57%

During the first three months of 2022, $291 thousand of the total lease cost is included in premises and equipment expense and $9 thousand is included in other expenses on the consolidated statements of income. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. We recognized both the interest expense and amortization expense for finance leases in premises and equipment expense since the interest expense portion was immaterial.

The future minimum lease payments for the Company’s branch network and equipment under operating leases that have lease terms in excess of one year as of March 31, 2022 are as follows:


(dollars in thousands)	Amount

2022	$	459
2023		608
2024		604
2025		612
2026		619
2027 and thereafter		10,500
Total future minimum lease payments		13,402
Plus variable payment adjustment		326
Less amount representing interest		(4,173)
Present value of net future minimum lease payments	$	9,555

‎

Table Of Contents

The Company leases several properties, where the Company is lessor, under operating leases to unrelated parties. Some of these properties are residential properties surrounding the Main Branch that the Company leases on a month-to-month basis and are considered short-term leases. The undiscounted cash flows to be received on an annual basis for the remaining 2 properties under long-term operating leases are as follows:


(dollars in thousands)	Amount

2022	$	50
2023		48
2024		51
2025		54
2026		54
2027 and thereafter		27
Total lease payments to be received	$	284

The Company also indirectly originates automobile leases classified as direct finance leases. See Footnote 5, “Loans and leases”, for more information about the Company’s direct finance leases.

Lease income recognized from direct finance leases was included in interest income from loans and leases on the consolidated statements of income. Lease income related to operating leases is included in fees and other revenue on the consolidated statements of income. The Company only receives a variable payment for taxes from one of its lessees, but the amount is immaterial and excluded from rental income. The amount of lease income recognized on the consolidated statements of income was as follows for the periods indicated:


	For the three months ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2022		2021
Lease income - direct finance leases
Interest income on lease receivables	$	225	$	190

Lease income - operating leases		58		51
Total lease income	$	283	$	241

13. Derivative Instruments

The Company is a party to interest rate derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. The Company enters into interest rate swaps that allow certain commercial loan customers to effectively convert a variable-rate commercial loan agreement to a fixed-rate commercial loan agreement. These interest rate swaps with customers are simultaneously offset by interest rate swaps that the Company executes with a third-party financial institution, such that the Company minimizes its net interest rate risk exposure resulting from such transactions. The interest rate swap agreements are free-standing derivatives and are recorded at fair value in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets (asset positions are included in other assets and liability positions are included in other liabilities). As the interest rate swaps are structured to offset each other, changes to the underlying benchmark interest rates considered in the valuation of these instruments do not result in an impact to earnings; however there may be fair value adjustments related to credit-quality variations between counterparties, which may impact earnings as required by FASB ASC 820. There was no effect on earnings in any periods presented. The Company had $1 million in investment securities pledged as collateral on its interest rate swaps with a third-party financial institution as of March 31, 2022. There were 0 interest rate swaps as of December 31, 2021.

Weighted

Notional

Average Maturity

Interest Rate

(dollars in thousands)

Amount

(Years)

Paid

Received

Fair Value

March 31, 2022

Classified in Other assets:

Customer interest rate swaps

2,000

15.67

30 Day SOFR + Margin

Fixed

Classified in Accrued interest payable and other liabilities:

Third party interest rate swaps

2,000

15.67

Fixed

30 Day SOFR + Margin

Table Of Contents

Item 2: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following is management's discussion and analysis of the significant changes in the consolidated financial condition of the Company as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 compared to December 31, ~~2016~~2021 and a comparison of the results of operations for the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016.~~2021. Current performance may not be indicative of future results. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s ~~2016~~2021 Annual Report filed on Form 10-K.

Forward-looking statements

Certain of the matters discussed in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q may constitute forward-looking statements for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as such may involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. The words “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “estimate,” and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements.

The Company’s actual results may differ materially from the results anticipated in these forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation:

~~the effects of economic conditions on current customers, specifically the effect of the economy on loan customers’ ability to repay loans;~~

~~the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation;~~

~~the impact of new or changes in existing laws and regulations, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the regulations promulgated there under;~~

~~impacts of the capital and liquidity requirements of the Basel III standards and other regulatory pronouncements, regulations and rules;~~

~~governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislative and regulatory changes;~~

~~effects of short- and long-term federal budget and tax negotiations and their effect on economic and business conditions;~~

~~the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;~~

the risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the values of loan collateral, securities and interest rate protection agreements, as well as interest rate risks;

the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market and other mutual funds and other financial institutions operating in our market area and elsewhere, including institutions operating locally, regionally, nationally and internationally, together with such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer and the internet;

~~technological changes;~~

the interruption or breach in security of our information systems and other technological risks and attacks resulting in failures or disruptions in customer account management, general ledger processing and loan or deposit updates and potential impacts resulting therefrom including additional costs, reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and financial losses;

~~acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses;~~

~~the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimations of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities;~~

~~volatilities in the securities markets;~~

~~acts of war or terrorism;~~

~~disruption of credit and equity markets; and~~

~~the risk that our analyses of these risks and forces could be incorrect and/or that the strategies developed to address them could be unsuccessful.~~

the short-term and long-term effects of inflation, and rising costs to the Company, its customers and on the economy;

the effects of economic conditions particularly with regard to the negative impact of severe, wide-ranging and continuing disruptions caused by the spread of Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) and any other pandemic, epidemic or other health-related crisis and responses thereto on current customers and the operations of the Company, specifically the effect of the economy on loan customers’ ability to repay loans;

the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation;

the impact of new or changes in existing laws and regulations, including laws and regulations concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance and their application with which the Company and its subsidiaries must comply;

impacts of the capital and liquidity requirements of the Basel III standards and other regulatory pronouncements, regulations and rules;

governmental monetary and fiscal policies, as well as legislative and regulatory changes;

effects of short- and long-term federal budget and tax negotiations and their effect on economic and business conditions;

the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the regulatory agencies, as well as the Financial Accounting Standards Board and other accounting standard setters;

the risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand, and the values of loan collateral, securities and interest rate protection agreements, as well as interest rate risks;

the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market and other mutual funds and other financial institutions operating in our market area and elsewhere, including institutions operating locally, regionally, nationally and internationally, together with such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone, computer and the internet;

technological changes;

the interruption or breach in security of our information systems, continually evolving cybersecurity and other technological risks and attacks resulting in failures or disruptions in customer account management, general ledger processing and loan or deposit updates and potential impacts resulting therefrom including additional costs, reputational damage, regulatory penalties, and financial losses;

acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses;

the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for loan losses and estimations of values of collateral and various financial assets and liabilities;

inflation, securities markets and monetary fluctuations and volatility;

acts of war or terrorism;

disruption of credit and equity markets; and

the risk that our analyses of these risks and forces could be incorrect and/or that the strategies developed to address them could be unsuccessful.

The Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which reflect analyses only as of the date of this document. The Company has no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document.

Readers should review the risk factors described in other documents that we file or furnish, from time to time, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Annual Reports to Shareholders, Annual Reports filed on Form 10-K and other current reports filed or furnished on Form 8-K.

‎

Table Of Contents

Executive Summary

The Company is a Pennsylvania corporation and a bank holding company, whose wholly-owned state chartered commercial bank and trust company is The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank. The Company is headquartered in Dunmore, Pennsylvania. We consider Lackawanna, Northampton and Luzerne Counties our primary marketplace.

As a leading Northeastern Pennsylvania community bank, our goals are to enhance shareholder value while continuing to build a full-service community bank. We focus on growing our core business of retail and business lending and deposit gathering while

~~Table Of Contents~~

maintaining strong asset quality and controlling operating expenses. We continue to implement strategies to diversify earning assets (see “Funds Deployed” section of this management’s discussion and analysis) and to increase ~~low cost~~the amount of low-cost core ~~deposits.~~deposits (see “Funds Provided” section of this management’s discussion and analysis). These strategies include a greater level of commercial lending and the ancillary business products and services supporting our commercial customers’ needs as well as residential lending strategies and an array of consumer products. We focus on developing a full banking relationship with existing, as well as new ~~small-~~business prospects. The Bank has a personal and ~~middle-sized business prospects.~~corporate trust department and also provides alternative financial and insurance products with asset management services. In addition, we explore opportunities to selectively expand and optimize our franchise footprint, consisting presently of our ~~10-branch~~22-branch network. ~~Currently, the Company is constructing a new branch in Dallas, PA in order to expand our presence in Luzerne County, which is expected to open in the third quarter of 2018.~~

On August 15, 2017, the Company declared a three-for-two stock split to shareholders effected in the form of a 50% stock dividend. All share and per share information included in the accompanying management’s discussion and analysis has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this stock split.

We are impacted by both national and regional economic factors, with commercial, commercial real estate and residential mortgage loans concentrated in Northeastern Pennsylvania, primarily in Lackawanna and Luzerne ~~counties. Although the U.S. economy has shown signs of modest improvement, the general operating environment~~counties, and our local market area continue to remain challenging. For the near-term, we expect to continue to operate in a low, but slowly-rising interest rate environment. A rising rate environment positions the Company to improve its net interest income performance.Eastern Pennsylvania, primarily Northampton County. The Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) ~~adjusted the short-term federal funds rate up 50~~increased interest rates by 25 basis points so far during 2017. Expectations are for short-term rates to rise once more this year, potentially pressuring deposit rate pricing. The national unemployment rate for September 2017 was 4.2%, down from 4.7% at December 2016. The unemployment rate in ~~Scranton - Wilkes-Barre Metropolitan Statistical Area (local) decreased during~~March 2022 in the first ~~nine months of 2017 as well, but continued to lag behind the unemployment rates of the state and nation.~~“tightening” move since December 2018. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, the national unemployment rate for March 2022 was 3.6%, down 0.3 percentage points from December 2021. However, the unemployment rates in the Scranton - Wilkes-Barre – Hazleton (market area north) and the Allentown – Bethlehem – Easton (market area south) Metropolitan Statistical Areas (local) increased and have remained at higher levels than the national unemployment rate. The local unemployment ~~rate~~rates at ~~September 30, 2017 was 5.0%, a decrease~~March 31, 2022 were 5.7% in market area north and 4.5% in market area south, respectively, an increase of 0.4 percentage points and 0.2 percentage points from ~~5.4%~~the 5.3% and 4.3%, respectively, at December 31, ~~2016. Although the~~2021. The local unemployment ~~rate decreased during~~rates have fluctuated as a result of the ~~first nine months~~effects of ~~2017,~~the pandemic. The pandemic-related business restrictions have been lifted in our local area and employees started heading back to work. Stimulus payments and enhanced unemployment benefits have supported the economy throughout 2020 and 2021 and it ~~was due~~is uncertain if the government could continue to ~~a drop~~provide this support in the ~~labor force rather than an increase in jobs. Seasonal fluctuations in unemployment are expected.~~future. The median home values in the ~~region have gone up 4.4% over the past~~Scranton-Wilkes-Barre-Hazleton metro and Allentown-Bethlehem-Easton metro increased 21.2% and 17.7%, respectively, from a year ~~and~~ago, according to Zillow, an online database advertising firm providing access to its real estate search engines to various media ~~outlets, values are expected to rise 2.2% within the next year.~~outlets. In light of these expectations, we are uncertain if real estate values could continue to increase at these levels with the pending rising rate environment, however we will continue to monitor the economic climate in our region and scrutinize growth prospects with credit quality as a principal consideration.

~~During~~On July 1, 2021, the ~~third quarter~~Company completed its previously announced acquisition of ~~2017,~~Landmark Bancorp, Inc. (“Landmark”) and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary. Non-recurring costs to facilitate the merger and integrate systems of $3.0 million were incurred during 2021.

On May 1, 2020, the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of MNB Corporation (“MNB”) and its wholly-owned bank subsidiary. The merger expanded the Company’s ~~loan growth~~full-service footprint into Northampton County, PA and the Lehigh Valley. Non-recurring costs to facilitate the merger and integrate systems of $2.5 million were incurred during 2020.

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, net income was ~~negated by approximately $6~~$7.5 million, or $1.32 diluted earnings per share, compared to $5.7 million, or $1.13 diluted earnings per share, for the three months ended March 31, 2021. Non-recurring merger-related costs and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) prepayment penalties incurred are not a part of the Company’s normal operations. If these expenses had not occurred, adjusted net income (non-GAAP) for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 would have been $7.5 million and $6.5 million, respectively. Adjusted diluted EPS (non-GAAP) would have been $1.32 and $1.29 for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

As of March 31, 2022 and 2021, tangible common book value per share (non-GAAP) was $27.17 and $31.00, respectively. The decrease in ~~cash inflow~~tangible book value was due to the decline in tangible common equity resulting from the ~~satisfaction~~net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities. These non-GAAP measures should be reviewed in connection with the reconciliation of ~~two commercial real estate loans. Management~~these non-GAAP ratios. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” located below within this management’s discussion and analysis.

Branch managers, relationship bankers, mortgage originators and our business service partners are all focused on ~~growing business~~developing a mutually profitable full banking relationship. We understand our markets, offer products and ~~public deposits during the third quarter of 2017 to pay down short-term borrowings.~~services along with financial advice that is appropriate for our community, clients and prospects. The Company ~~was successful~~continues to focus on the trusted financial advisor model by utilizing the team approach of experienced bankers that are fully engaged and was able to grow non-interest bearing business accounts by $11.7 million, interest-bearing business accounts by $8.3 million, interest-bearing public accounts by $7.7 million, business money market accounts by $6.3 milliondedicated towards maintaining and ~~$6.1 million in CDs during the third quarter of 2017.~~growing profitable relationships.

In addition to the challenging economic environment in which we compete, the regulation and oversight of our business has changed significantly in recent years. As described more fully in Part II, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” below, as well as Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and in the “Supervisory and Regulation” section of management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results

Table Of Contents

of operations in our ~~2016~~2021 Annual Report filed on Form 10-K, certain aspects of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform Act (Dodd-Frank Act) continue to have a significant impact on us.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

The following are non-GAAP financial measures which provide useful insight to the reader of the consolidated financial statements but should be supplemental to GAAP used to prepare the Company’s financial statements and should not be read in isolation or relied upon as a substitute for GAAP measures. In addition, ~~final rules~~the Company’s non-GAAP measures may not be comparable to ~~implement Basel III regulatory capital reform, approved by~~non-GAAP measures of other companies. The Company’s tax rate used to calculate the ~~federal bank regulatory agencies in 2013, subject many banks including~~fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) adjustment was 21% at March 31, 2022 and 2021.

The following table reconciles the ~~Company,~~non-GAAP financial measures of FTE net interest income:



(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2022		March 31, 2021
Interest income (GAAP)	$	18,178	$	14,340
Adjustment to FTE		668		416
Interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)		18,846		14,756
Interest expense (GAAP)		887		890
Net interest income adjusted to FTE (non-GAAP)	$	17,959	$	13,866

The efficiency ratio is non-interest expenses as a percentage of FTE net interest income plus non-interest income. The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures of the efficiency ratio to ~~capital requirements which will be phased in.~~ GAAP:




(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2022		March 31, 2021
Efficiency Ratio (non-GAAP)
Non-interest expenses (GAAP)	$	12,654	$	11,456

Net interest income (GAAP)		17,291		13,450
Plus: taxable equivalent adjustment		668		416
Non-interest income (GAAP)		4,554		5,516
Net interest income (FTE) plus non-interest income (non-GAAP)	$	22,514	$	19,382
Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)		56.21%		59.11%

The ~~initial provisions effective for us began on January 1, 2015. The rules also revise~~following table provides a reconciliation of the ~~minimum risk-based~~tangible common equity (non-GAAP) and ~~leverage capital ratio requirements applicable to the Company and revise~~ the calculation of ~~risk-weighted assets~~tangible book value per share:


(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2022		March 31, 2021
Tangible Book Value per Share (non-GAAP)
Total assets (GAAP)	$	2,420,774	$	1,913,092
Less: Intangible assets, primarily goodwill		(21,462)		(8,697)
Tangible assets		2,399,312		1,904,395
Total shareholders' equity (GAAP)		175,243		163,582
Less: Intangible assets, primarily goodwill		(21,462)		(8,697)
Tangible common equity	$	153,781	$	154,885

Common shares outstanding, end of period		5,659,068		4,995,547
Tangible Common Book Value per Share	$	27.17	$	31.00

‎

Table Of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of the Company’s earnings results under GAAP to enhance their risk sensitivity. We will continue to prepare for the impacts that the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III capital standards, and related rulemaking will have on our business, financial condition andcomparative non-GAAP results ~~of operations.~~excluding merger-related expenses:

~~General~~



	March 31, 2022								March 31, 2021
(dollars in thousands except per share data)	Income before ‎income taxes		Provision for ‎income taxes		Net income		Diluted earnings ‎per share		Income before ‎income taxes		Provision for ‎income taxes		Net income		Diluted earnings ‎per share
Results of operations (GAAP)	$	8,666	$	1,144	$	7,522	$	1.32	$	6,710	$	1,043	$	5,667	$	1.13
Add: Merger-related expenses		-		-		-		-		523		8		515		0.10
Add: FHLB prepayment penalty		-		-		-		-		369		78		291		0.06
Adjusted earnings (non-GAAP)	$	8,666	$	1,144	$	7,522	$	1.32	$	7,602	$	1,129	$	6,473	$	1.29

General

The Company’s earnings depend primarily on net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income and interest expense. Interest income is generated from yields earned on interest-earning assets, which consist principally of loans and investment securities. Interest expense is incurred from rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, which consist of deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is determined by the Company’s interest rate spread (the difference between the yields earned on its interest-earning assets and the rates paid on its interest-bearing liabilities) and the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate spread is significantly impacted by: changes in interest rates and market yield curves and their related impact on cash flows; the composition and characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; differences in the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of assets compared to the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of the liabilities that fund them and by the competition in the marketplace.

The Company’s earnings are also affected by the level of its non-interest income and expenses and by the provisions for loan losses and income taxes. Non-interest income mainly consists of: service charges on the Company’s loan and deposit products; interchange fees; trust and asset management service fees; increases in the cash surrender value of the bank owned life insurance and from net gains or losses from sales of loans and securities. Non-interest expense consists of: compensation and related employee benefit costs; occupancy; equipment; data processing; advertising and marketing; FDIC insurance premiums; professional fees; loan collection; net other real estate owned (ORE) expenses; supplies and other operating overhead.

Net interest income, net interest rate margin, net interest rate spread and the efficiency ratio are presented in the MD&A on a fully-taxable equivalent (FTE) basis. The Company believes this presentation to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it provides a relevant comparison between taxable and non-taxable amounts.

~~Table Of Contents~~

Comparison of the results of operations

Three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016~~2021

Overview

For the ~~third~~first quarter of ~~2017,~~2022, the Company generated ~~$2.2 million in~~ net income of $7.5 million, or ~~$0.60~~$1.32 per diluted share, an increase of $0.2 million, or 9%, over the $2.0 million, or $0.55 per diluted share, generated for the third quarter of 2016. Net income also grew during the first nine months of 2017 to $6.4 million, or $1.72 per diluted share, an increase of $0.7 million, or 13%, compared to $5.7 million, or ~~$1.54~~$1.13 per diluted share, for the ~~same 2016 period. In the both the~~first quarter ~~and year-to-date comparisons, the increase was due to higher revenue which more than offset additional non-interest expenses and an~~of 2021. The $1.8 million increase in net income was primarily the result of $3.8 million higher net interest income and $0.3 million lower provision for loan losses. These increases were partially offset by $1.2 million more non-interest expenses and $1.0 million less in non-interest income. Non-interest expenses increased quarter over-quarter due to the increased bank scale following the Landmark merger.

Return on average assets (ROA) was ~~1.03%~~1.26% and ~~1.07%~~1.29% for the ~~third~~first quarters of ~~2017~~2022 and ~~2016, respectively, and 1.02% and 1.01% for~~2021. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In the quarterly comparison, the decrease in ROA was the result of the growth in average assets outpacing net income growth. In the year-to-date comparison, ROA increased by one basis point due to continuous growth in net income. Returnsame time periods, return on average shareholders’ equity (ROE) was ~~10.36%~~15.01% and ~~9.99% for~~13.75%, respectively. ROA decreased due to the ~~third quarters~~pace of 2017 and 2016, respectively, and 10.24% and 9.55% for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. In both periods, ROE increased primarily from the leverage growth in 2017 and also net income growth outpacing the increase in average ~~shareholders’~~assets which grew more rapidly than net income. ROE increased due to the growth in net income relative to the increase in average equity.

Net interest income and interest sensitive assets / liabilities

For the ~~third~~first quarter of ~~2017,~~2022, net interest income increased ~~$0.6~~$3.8 million, or ~~10%~~29%, to ~~$7.0~~$17.3 million from ~~$6.4~~$13.5 million for the ~~third~~first quarter of ~~2016,~~2021 due to ~~higher interest income partially offset by~~ increased interest ~~expenses. Although the yield on interest-earning assets remained flat, the Company produced $0.9~~income. The $3.8 million ~~in additional interest income from growth of $90.3 million in average interest-earning assets. This~~ growth in interest income was ~~primarily driven~~produced by the addition of $630.5 million in average interest-earning assets partially offset by the effect of a 27 basis point decline in FTE yield earned on those assets. The loan portfolio ~~with~~contributed the most by providing $2.3 million more in interest income, which absorbed $1.0 million lower fees earned under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP), due to $305.3 million more in average ~~balance growth of $69.6~~loans. Interest income on loans also included $0.4 million ~~which contributed~~in additional fair value purchase accounting accretion. In the investment portfolio, an ~~additional $0.8 million to interest income. In conjunction,~~increase in the average balances of each type of securities ~~increased $27.0 million which produced $0.2 million more~~was the biggest driver of interest income ~~from investments.~~growth. The average balance of total securities grew $344.0 million producing $1.8 million in additional FTE interest income. On the liability side, total interest-bearing liabilities grew $447.4 million, on average, with a nine basis point decrease in rates paid thereon. A nine basis

Table Of Contents

point decrease in rates paid on deposits offset the effect of $440.3 million higher average interest-bearing ~~liabilities were $76.1 million higher with a fourteen basis point increase in average rates paid which resulted in $0.3 million more~~deposits keeping interest expense from deposits flat for the first quarter ~~ended September 30, 2017~~of 2022 compared to the ~~2016~~2021 like period.

Net interest income increased $2.1 million, or 11%, to $20.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to $18.7 million for the same 2016 period. Growth in average interest-earning assets and the higher yields earned thereon produced $2.8 million more in interest income. The loan portfolio experienced average balance growth of $64.2 million which had the effect of producing $1.9 million in income despite the negative impact of a three basis point decline in yield. The average balance of total investments grew $27.1 million, mostly in higher yielding mortgage-backed securities, resulting in another $0.9 million in interest income. Interest income growth was partially offset by $0.6 million in additional interest expense. The higher interest expense was primarily attributable to $42.0 million more in average borrowings which resulted in $0.4 million more interest expense. Of the increase in average borrowings, $19.1 million was FHLB advances used mostly to purchase securities and $22.9 million was overnight borrowings used to fund loan growth. Larger average interest-bearing deposits of $22.2 million with a five basis point increase in rates contributed another $0.2 million to interest expense.

~~The fully-taxable equivalent (FTE)~~FTE net interest rate spread and margin decreased by ~~fourteen~~18 and 21 basis points, respectively, for the three months ended ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022 compared to the same ~~2016 period as a result of~~2021 period. The spread and margin decreased due to the ~~higher~~reduction in yields earned on interest-earning assets which outpaced the lower rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities while the yield on interest-earning assets was unchanged. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, the spread was 3.58% compared to 3.59% for the nine months ended September 30, 2016.liabilities. The ~~spread fell one~~overall 16 basis point because rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased faster than the yield earned on interest-earning assets. The FTE net interest rate margin decreased by eleven basis points to 3.67% for the third quarter of 2017 compared to 3.78% for the third quarter of 2016 due to the larger average balance of interest-earning assets. For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, margin increased to 3.72% compared to 3.71% for the same 2016 period. Margin growth resulted from growth of $17.6 million in average non-interest-bearing deposits mitigating the increase in the cost of funds. The overall cost of funds, which includes the impact of non-interest bearing deposits, ~~increased eleven and~~decreased seven basis points for the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017, respectively,~~March 31, 2022 compared to the same ~~2016 periods.~~2021 period. The primary reason for the ~~increase~~decline was ~~higher average borrowings which were used to fund asset growth along with an increase~~the reduction in ~~average interest-bearing deposits and the~~ rates paid ~~thereon.~~ on deposits coupled with the increased average balances of non-interest bearing deposits compared to the same 2021 period.

For the remainder of ~~2017,~~2022, the Company expects to operate in a ~~gradually increasing~~rising interest rate environment. A rate environment with rising interest rates positions the Company to improve its interest income performance from new and ~~maturing~~repricing earning assets. ~~Until there is a sustained period~~For the remainder of ~~yield curve steepening, with rates rising more sharply at the long end, the interest rate margin may experience compression. However for the rest of 2017,~~2022, the Company anticipates net interest income to improve as growth in interest-earning assets would help mitigate an adverse impact of rate movements on the cost of ~~funds~~.funds. The ~~Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) has been gradually~~FOMC began increasing the ~~short-term~~ federal funds rate during the first quarter of 2022, the first move since they cut rates during the ~~end~~first quarter of ~~2015, but it had~~2020, which did not have a ~~minimal~~significant effect on rates paid on ~~funding sources.~~interest-bearing liabilities. On the asset side, the prime interest rate, the benchmark rate that banks use as a base rate for adjustable rate loans ~~rose~~was also increased 25 basis points ~~in March 2017 and another 25 basis points in June 2017. The focus for~~during the ~~last~~first quarter of ~~2017~~2022. At the May 2022 meeting, the FOMC increased the federal funds rate another 50 basis points. Consensus economic forecasts are predicting increases in short-term rates throughout the rest of 2022. The 2022 focus is to manage net interest income ~~after years of~~and control deposit costs through a ~~sustained low interest~~rising forecasted short-term rate ~~environment by maintaining a reasonable spread.~~cycle for primarily overnight to 12 month rates. Interest ~~expense~~income is projected to ~~continue to grow~~increase more than interest expense in ~~the fourth quarter of 2017 from growth in deposits and borrowings and an increase in rates~~

~~Table Of Contents~~

~~paid on both.~~2022. Continued growth in the loan portfolios complemented with the achieved investment security growth is expected to boost interest income, and when coupled with a proactive relationship approach to deposit cost setting strategies should help stop spread compression and contain the interest rate margin, atpreventing further reductions below acceptable levels.

The Company’s cost of interest-bearing liabilities was ~~59 basis points and 54 basis points~~0.22% for the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017, respectively, and 45~~March 31, 2022, or nine basis points ~~for both~~lower than the ~~three and nine months ended September 30, 2016, respectively. The primary reason~~cost for the ~~increase~~same 2021 period. The decrease in ~~both periods was higher average borrowings. Increases~~interest paid on deposits contributed to the lower cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Management currently expects the FOMC is expected to continue to raise the federal funds rate in the ~~average balance of interest-bearing deposits and~~immediate future, so the Company may experience pressure to increase rates paid on these deposits also contributed to the higher cost of interest-bearing liabilities in both periods. During the third quarter of 2017, rates paid on interest-bearing deposits started to inch up from historic low levels over the past four years. Interest rates along the treasury yield curve have been volatile with shorter-term rates rising faster than long-term rates producing a flatter yield curve during 2017. Competition among banks has already begun to pressure banks to increase deposit rates. If rates continue to rise in the last quarter of 2017, the effect could pressure net interest income if short-term rates rise more rapidly than longer-term interest rates, thereby compressing the interest rate spread.deposits. To help mitigate the impact of the imminent change to the economic landscape, the Company has successfully developed and will continue to strengthen its association with existing customers, develop new business relationships, generate new loan volumes, and retain and generate higher levels of average non-interest bearing deposit balances. Strategically deploying no- and low-cost deposits into interest earning-assets is an effective margin-preserving strategy that the Company expects to continue to pursue and expand to help stabilize net interest margin.

The Company’s Asset Liability Management (ALM) team meets regularly to discuss among other things, interest rate risk and when deemed necessary adjusts interest rates. ALM is actively addressing the Company's sensitivity to a changing rate environment to ensure interest rate risks are contained within acceptable levels. ALM also discusses revenue enhancing strategies to help combat the potential for a decline in net interest income. The Company’s marketing department, together with ALM, lenders and deposit gatherers, continue to develop prudent strategies that will grow the loan portfolio and accumulate low-cost deposits to improve net interest income performance.

The table that follows sets forth a comparison of average balances of assets and liabilities and their related net tax equivalent yields and rates for the periods indicated. Within the table, interest income was FTE adjusted, ~~to a tax-equivalent basis (FTE),~~ using the corporate federal tax rate of ~~34%~~21% for March 31, 2022 and 2021 to recognize the income from tax-exempt interest-earning assets as if the interest was taxable. ~~The FTE adjustment to interest income was $325 thousand~~See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” within this management’s discussion and ~~$285 thousand~~analysis for the ~~third quarters of 2017 and 2016, respectively, and $959 thousand and $845 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.~~FTE adjustments. This treatment allows a uniform comparison among yields on interest-earning assets. Loans include loans ~~HFS~~held-for-sale (HFS) and non-accrual loans but exclude the allowance for loan losses. Home equity lines of credit (HELOC) are included in the residential real estate category since they are secured by real estate. Net deferred loan ~~cost amortization~~fee accretion of ~~$113 thousand~~$0.4 million and ~~$117 thousand for~~$1.4 million during the ~~third~~first quarters of ~~2017~~2022 and ~~2016, respectively, and $354 thousand and $353 thousand for the first nine months of 2017 and 2016,~~2021, respectively, are included in interest income from loans. MNB and Landmark loan fair value purchase accounting adjustments of $855 thousand and $455 thousand are included in interest income from loans and $8 thousand and $30 thousand reduced interest expense on deposits for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021. Average balances are based on amortized cost and do not reflect net unrealized gains or losses. Residual values for direct finance leases are included in the average balances for consumer loans. Net interest margin is calculated by dividing ~~annualized~~ net interest ~~income - FTE~~income-FTE by total average interest-earning assets. Cost of funds includes the effect of average non-interest bearing deposits as a funding source:

‎

3642

Table Of Contents



	Three months ended												Three months ended
(dollars in thousands)	September 30, 2017						September 30, 2016						March 31, 2022						March 31, 2021
	Average				Yield /		Average				Yield /		Average				Yield /		Average				Yield /
Assets	balance		Interest		rate		balance		Interest		rate		balance		Interest		rate		balance		Interest		rate

Interest-earning assets
Interest-bearing deposits	$	3,646	$	12	1.30	%	$	9,980	$	13	0.53	%	$	66,832	$	33	0.20	%	$	85,985	$	21	0.10	%
Restricted investments in bank stock														3,228		31	3.90			2,892		33	4.56
Investments:
Agency - GSE		17,481		63	1.43			18,102		61	1.34			120,658		420	1.41			53,068		181	1.38
MBS - GSE residential		88,928		547	2.44			69,146		439	2.53			268,479		1,088	1.64			146,487		519	1.44
State and municipal (nontaxable)		41,880		578	5.48			36,100		505	5.56			268,239		1,943	2.94			157,508		1,186	3.05
Other		3,549		48	5.31			1,485		18	4.81
State and municipal (taxable)														93,121		449	1.96			49,414		224	1.84
Total investments		151,838		1,236	3.23			124,833		1,023	3.26			750,497		3,900	2.11			406,477		2,110	2.11
Loans and leases:
Commercial and commercial real estate (taxable)		298,598		3,515	4.67			271,865		3,064	4.48
Commercial and commercial real estate (nontaxable)		32,318		333	4.09			26,770		295	4.38
C&I and CRE (taxable)														761,353		8,785	4.68			645,596		7,805	4.90
C&I and CRE (nontaxable)														67,187		515	3.11			42,294		404	3.87
Consumer		108,513		1,123	4.10			77,933		983	5.02			198,012		1,873	3.84			162,325		1,574	3.93
Residential real estate		202,003		2,034	4.00			195,229		1,913	3.90			440,810		3,709	3.41			311,897		2,809	3.65
Total loans and leases		641,432		7,005	4.33			571,797		6,255	4.35			1,467,362		14,882	4.11			1,162,112		12,592	4.39
Total interest-earning assets		796,916		8,253	4.11	%		706,610		7,291	4.11	%		2,287,919		18,846	3.34	%		1,657,466		14,756	3.61	%
Non-interest earning assets		59,987						50,349						131,502						121,813
Total assets	$	856,903					$	756,959					$	2,419,421					$	1,779,279

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits:
Interest-bearing checking	$	189,037	$	208	0.44	%	$	156,545	$	129	0.33	%	$	727,707	$	449	0.25	%	$	484,245	$	376	0.31	%
Savings and clubs		126,768		42	0.13			121,829		39	0.13			243,300		27	0.04			186,473		32	0.07
MMDA		119,705		216	0.72			130,745		199	0.61			487,200		228	0.19			361,446		266	0.30
Certificates of deposit		106,761		276	1.03			96,554		213	0.88			133,966		118	0.36			119,691		190	0.64
Total interest-bearing deposits		542,271		742	0.54			505,673		580	0.46			1,592,173		822	0.21			1,151,855		864	0.30
Repurchase agreements		7,269		3	0.18			9,108		4	0.18
Overnight borrowings		17,817		60	1.33			158		1	2.91
Secured borrowings														10,584		65	2.49			-		-	-
Short-term borrowings														-		-	-			144		-	0.51
FHLB advances		23,704		77	1.28			-		-	-			-		-	-			3,389		26	3.12
Total interest-bearing liabilities		591,061		882	0.59	%		514,939		585	0.45	%		1,602,757		887	0.22	%		1,155,388		890	0.31	%
Non-interest bearing deposits		173,627						155,516						586,363						437,740
Non-interest bearing liabilities		6,942						5,409						27,008						18,944
Total liabilities		771,630						675,864						2,216,128						1,612,072
Shareholders' equity		85,273						81,095						203,293						167,207
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$	856,903					$	756,959					$	2,419,421					$	1,779,279
Net interest income - FTE			$	7,371					$	6,706					$	17,959					$	13,866

Net interest spread					3.52	%					3.66	%					3.12	%					3.30	%
Net interest margin					3.67	%					3.78	%					3.18	%					3.39	%
Cost of funds					0.46	%					0.35	%					0.16	%					0.23	%

‎

3743

Table Of Contents

Nine months ended
(dollars in thousands)
September 30, 2017

September 30, 2016

Average

Yield /

Average

Yield /
Assets
balance

Interest

rate

balance

Interest

rate

Interest-earning assets

Interest-bearing deposits
$
2,604

$
22

1.15
%

$
14,892

$
59

0.53
%
Investments:

Agency - GSE

17,982

191

1.42

18,305

173

1.26

MBS - GSE residential

88,742

1,696

2.56

69,334

1,063

2.05

State and municipal (nontaxable)

41,397

1,700

5.49

35,359

1,495

5.65

Other

3,598

119

4.40

1,575

63

5.40

Total investments

151,719

3,706

3.27

124,573

2,794

3.00

Loans and leases:

Commercial and commercial real estate (taxable)

295,520

10,234

4.63

275,133

9,135

4.43

Commercial and commercial real estate (nontaxable)

31,393

981

4.18

27,095

878

4.33

Consumer

101,323

3,175

4.19

70,712

2,817

5.32

Residential real estate

200,047

5,989

4.00

191,111

5,619

3.93

Total loans and leases

628,283

20,379

4.34

564,051

18,449

4.37

Federal funds sold

-

-

-

-

-

-

Total interest-earning assets

782,606

24,107

4.12
%

703,516

21,302

4.04
%
Non-interest earning assets

56,515

49,216

Total assets
$
839,121

$
752,732

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

Interest-bearing liabilities

Deposits:

Interest-bearing checking
$
185,093

$
548

0.40
%

$
155,543

$
342

0.29
%
Savings and clubs

125,787

122

0.13

119,577

113

0.13

MMDA

117,596

578

0.66

132,381

621

0.63

Certificates of deposit

100,829

723

0.96

99,589

651

0.87

Total interest-bearing deposits

529,305

1,971

0.50

507,090

1,727

0.45

Repurchase agreements

10,068

15

0.20

10,874

16

0.20

Overnight borrowings

23,892

197

1.10

975

14

1.92

FHLB advances

19,096

174

1.21

-

-

-

Total interest-bearing liabilities

582,361

2,357

0.54
%

518,939

1,757

0.45
%
Non-interest bearing deposits

167,313

149,724

Non-interest bearing liabilities

6,021

4,841

Total liabilities

755,695

673,504

Shareholders' equity

83,426

79,228

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
839,121

$
752,732

Net interest income - FTE

$
21,750

$
19,545

Net interest spread

3.58
%

3.59
%
Net interest margin

3.72
%

3.71
%
Cost of funds

0.42
%

0.35
%

Changes in net interest income are a function of both changes in interest rates and changes in volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in volumes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Company’s interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to (1) the changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by the prior period rate), (2) the changes attributable to changes in interest rates (changes in rates multiplied by prior period volume) and (3) the net change. The combined effect of changes in both volume and rate has been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate. Tax-exempt income was not converted to a tax-equivalent basis on the rate/volume analysis:


	Three months ended March 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2022 compared to 2021						2021 compared to 2020
	Increase (decrease) due to
	Volume		Rate		Total		Volume		Rate		Total
Interest income:
Interest-bearing deposits	$	(6)	$	18	$	12	$	28	$	(19)	$	9
Restricted investments in bank stock		3		(5)		(2)		(9)		(23)		(32)
Investments:
Agency - GSE		235		4		239		169		(28)		141
MBS - GSE residential		486		83		569		116		(403)		(287)
State and municipal		783		(31)		752		853		(203)		650
Other		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total investments		1,504		56		1,560		1,138		(634)		504
Loans and leases:
Residential real estate		1,095		(195)		900		697		(355)		342
C&I and CRE		1,584		(515)		1,069		3,877		(34)		3,843
Consumer		339		(40)		299		(16)		(21)		(37)
Total loans and leases		3,018		(750)		2,268		4,558		(410)		4,148
Total interest income		4,519		(681)		3,839		5,715		(1,086)		4,629

Interest expense:
Deposits:
Interest-bearing checking		161		(88)		73		237		(233)		4
Savings and clubs		8		(14)		(6)		16		(10)		6
Money market		76		(114)		(38)		290		(619)		(329)
Certificates of deposit		21		(92)		(71)		7		(340)		(333)
Total deposits		266		(308)		(42)		550		(1,202)		(652)
Secured borrowings		65		-		65		-		-		-
Overnight borrowings		-		-		-		(43)		(32)		(75)
FHLB advances		(26)		-		(26)		(90)		2		(88)
Total interest expense		305		(308)		(3)		417		(1,232)		(815)
Net interest income	$	4,214	$	(373)	$	3,841	$	5,298	$	146	$	5,444

~~Table Of Contents~~

Nine months ended September 30,
(dollars in thousands)
2017 compared to 2016

2016 compared to 2015

Increase (decrease) due to

Volume

Rate

Total

Volume

Rate

Total
Interest income:

Interest-bearing deposits
$
(72)

$
35

$
(37)

$
9

$
28

$
37
Investments:

Agency - GSE

(3)

21

18

6

(1)

5
MBS - GSE residential

336

297

633

84

304

388
State and municipal

157

(30)

127

(4)

(20)

(24)
Other

65

(10)

55

(11)

(57)

(68)
Total investments

555

278

833

75

226

301
Loans and leases:

Residential real estate

265

104

369

341

(30)

311
Commercial and CRE

801

367

1,168

653

(204)

449
Consumer

1,042

(684)

358

128

(123)

5
Total loans and leases

2,108

(213)

1,895

1,122

(357)

765
Total interest income

2,591

100

2,691

1,206

(103)

1,103

Interest expense:

Deposits:

Interest-bearing checking

71

136

207

50

67

117
Savings and clubs

9

-

9

6

(50)

(44)
Money market

(70)

27

(43)

65

16

81
Certificates of deposit

8

63

71

(39)

(27)

(66)
Total deposits

18

226

244

82

6

88
Repurchase agreements

(1)

-

(1)

(1)

2

1
Overnight borrowings

191

(8)

183

(20)

19

(1)
FHLB advances

174

-

174

(255)

-

(255)
Total interest expense

382

218

600

(194)

27

(167)
Net interest income
$
2,209

$
(118)

$
2,091

$
1,400

$
(130)

$
1,270

Provision for loan losses

The provision for loan losses represents the necessary amount to charge against current earnings, the purpose of which is to increase the allowance for loan losses (the allowance) to a level that represents management’s best estimate of known and inherent losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. Loans determined to be uncollectible are charged off against the allowance. The required amount of the provision for loan losses, based upon the adequate level of the allowance, is subject to the ongoing analysis of the loan portfolio. The Company’s Special Assets Committee meets periodically to review problem loans. The committee is comprised of management, including credit administration officers, loan officers, loan workout officers and collection personnel. The committee reports quarterly to the Credit Administration Committee of the board of directors.

Management continuously reviews the risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Specific factors used to evaluate the adequacy of the loan loss provision during the formal process include:

•specific loans that could have loss potential;

•levels of and trends in delinquencies and non-accrual loans;

•levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries;

•trends in volume and terms of loans;

Table Of Contents

•changes in risk selection and underwriting standards;

•changes in lending policies and legal and regulatory requirements;

•experience, ability and depth of lending management;

•national and local economic trends and conditions; and

•changes in credit concentrations.

For the three months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016,~~2021, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of ~~$0.4~~$0.5 million and $0.2 million respectively, a $0.2 million increase. Macroeconomic factors, particularly anticipated regulatory requirements due to the Company’s asset growth and default rates for residential properties in the Company’s operating area, supported the increase.

~~Table Of Contents~~

~~For the nine months ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $0.9 million and $0.6~~$0.8 million, respectively, a $0.3 million ~~increase. This increase~~decrease. The decrease in the provision compared to the quarter ended March 31, 2021 was due ~~primarily~~ to ~~net growth~~a $0.4 million specific reserve incurred during the prior year’s first quarter that was not required in the current quarter. This amount of provisioning reflected what management deemed necessary, given experienced loan ~~portfolio but also~~growth, to ~~fund~~maintain the ~~expected~~ allowance ~~requirements implied~~for loan and lease losses at an adequate level.

The provision for loan losses derives from ~~certain macroeconomic and other business factors.~~the reserve required from the allowance for loan losses calculation. The Company continued provisioning for the three months ended March 31, 2022 to maintain an allowance level that management deemed adequate.

For a discussion on the allowance for loan losses, see “Allowance for loan losses,” located in the comparison of financial condition section of management’s discussion and analysis contained herein.

Other income

For the ~~third~~first quarter of ~~2017,~~2022, non-interest income amounted to ~~$2.2~~$4.5 million, ~~an increase~~a decrease of $0.2 million, from $2.0 million recorded for the third quarter of 2016. Increases in trust income of $0.1 million, $0.1 million of interchange fees and earnings on bank owned life insurance (BOLI) of $0.1 million partially offset $0.1 million fewer gains on loan sales.

~~Non-interest income amounted to $6.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2017, an increase of $0.7~~$1.0 million, or ~~12%~~17%, ~~from the $5.8~~compared to $5.5 million recorded for the same ~~2016~~2021 period. The ~~increase~~decrease was due to ~~$0.2~~$1.6 million ~~in additional trust revenue, an increase of $0.2 million in BOLI earnings, $0.1 million more service charges~~lower gains on ~~deposits, and $0.1 million higher interchange fees.~~

~~Other operating expenses~~

~~For the three months ended September 30, 2017, non-interest expenses increased $0.6 million, or 12%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2016~~loan sales from ~~$5.4 million to $6.0 million. Salaries and employee benefits grew $0.3 million~~less mortgage activity during the third quarter of 2017 to $3.2 million from $2.9 million during the third quarter of 2016. The increase resulted from additional full-time employees hired, more summer staff requirements, annual merit increases, increased incentive compensation plus additional expenses for a retirement benefit plan that was implemented in the first quarter of ~~2017. Advertising~~2022 compared to the first quarter of 2021. Partially offsetting this decrease was $0.2 million higher interchange fees from increased debit card usage, increases in deposit service charges of $0.2 million and ~~marketing~~higher wealth management fees (fees from trust fiduciary activities and financial services) of $0.2 million.

Operating expenses

For the quarter ended March 31, 2022, total non-interest expenses were $12.7 million, an increase of $1.2 million, or 10%, compared to $11.5 million for the same 2021 quarter. Salary and employee benefits rose $1.5 million, or 28%, to $6.7 million for the first quarter of 2022 from $5.2 million for the first quarter of 2021. The increase was primarily due to less deferred loan origination costs reducing salaries and employee benefit expenses from a lower volume of originations from mortgages and PPP loans. Additionally, salaries and benefits were higher from 17 more full-time equivalent employees. Premises and equipment expenses increased $0.3 million, or 17%, primarily due to property and equipment acquired from the merger with Landmark. Data processing and communications expenses increased $0.1 million due to ~~television advertising during~~additional systems and equipment added from the third quarter of 2017 that the Company did not have during the third quarter of 2016. Professional fees were $0.1 million higher during the third quarter of 2017 due to stock split processing expenses and increased legal expenses. Loan collection expensemerger with Landmark. The FDIC assessment increased $0.1 million due ~~primarily to expenses related to one large property that went into foreclosure that was subsequently sold.~~

~~For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, non-interest expenses increased $1.7 million, or 11%, compared~~ to the nine months ended September 30, 2016, from $16.2 million to $17.9 million. Salaries and employee benefits increased $0.9 million, from $8.7 million for the first nine months of 2016 to $9.6 million for the same 2017 period. The increase stemmed from full-time staff additions or replacements to previously vacant positions, more seasonal hires, annual meritlarger average assets. Partially offsetting these increases, one-time salary increases awarded to certain employees in the normal course of performance management, increased incentive compensation and added retirement benefits. Data processing and communications increasedprofessional fees decreased $0.2 million due to additional costs related to a new integrated dealer lending program and higher data center costs incurred during 2017. Premises and equipment increased $0.2 million due mostly to additional building maintenance expenses and higher lease payments from the construction of a new branch. Professional fees were $0.2 million higher due primarily to a one-time NASDAQ listing fee incurred in 2017 and increasedlower legal expenses induring the ~~normal course~~first quarter of ~~business. Automated transaction processing also increased~~2022 and the write-off of $0.1 million ~~for~~of construction in process during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 compared to the 2016 like period due to expenses incurred related to updating customer debit cards with the new chip technology and increased debit card activity during 2017.first quarter of 2021. Advertising and marketing was up $0.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2017 because of donations made through the Educational Improvement Tax Credit program in the second quarter of 2017 which were not made in 2016 that were partially offset by a correspondingexpenses decreased $0.1 million ~~decrease in the PA shares tax. Partially offsetting these increases was~~due to a $0.1 million ~~decrease~~donation to Fidelity D & D Charitable Foundation during the first quarter of 2021. Non-interest expenses would have increased $0.9 million more if the Company had not incurred $0.5 million in merger-related expenses and a $0.4 million FHLB prepayment penalty during the ~~FDIC assessment.~~ first quarter of 2021.

The ratios of non-interest expense less non-interest income to average assets, known as the expense ratio, ~~at September 30, 2017~~were 1.36% and ~~2016 were 1.79%~~1.35% for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and ~~1.84%, respectively.~~2021. The expense ratio increased because of increased non-interest expenses and decreased ~~due to higher average assets which were able to absorb the higher~~ non-interest ~~expenses.~~income. The efficiency ratio ~~is non-interest expenses as a percentage~~(non-GAAP) decreased from 59.11% at March 31, 2021 to 56.21% at March 31, 2022 due to revenue increasing faster than expenses. For more information on the calculation of ~~fully tax equivalent net interest income plus non-interest income, adjusted for non-recurring items. The~~the efficiency ratio, ~~also decreased from 63.75% at September 30, 2016 to 62.79% at September 30, 2017 due to higher revenue.~~see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” located within this management’s discussion and analysis.

Provision for income taxes

~~For the quarter ended September 30, 2017, the~~The provision for income taxes ~~decreased~~increased $0.1 ~~million to $0.7 million from $0.8~~ million for the ~~quarter ended September 30, 2016 despite an increase in pre-tax income. For the nine~~three months ended September 30, 2017, the provision for income taxes remained unchanged at approximately $2.0 million despite a $0.8 million increase in income before taxes. During the first nine months of 2017, there was a $0.2 million tax deduction recorded, the majority of which was recorded in the third quarter, related to the excess tax benefit realized from the increase in the fair value of stock options exercised. During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, there were 17,250 stock options exercised, 16,472 during the third quarter, compared to 750 stock options exercised in the same 2016 period, none of which were exercised during the third quarter. There was also more tax-free income recorded for the first nine months of 2017March 31, 2022 compared to the same ~~2016 period.~~2021 period due to higher pre-tax income. The Company's effective tax rate was 13.2% at March 31, 2022 compared to 15.5% at March 31, 2021. The difference between the effective rate and the enacted statutory corporate rate of 21% is due mostly to the effect of tax-exempt income in relation to the level of pre-tax income. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to higher tax-exempt interest income. Due to challenges relating to current market conditions, the Company may not have the ability to make a reliable estimate of all or part of its ordinary income which could cause volatility in the effective tax rate. If the federal corporate tax rate is increased, the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities will be re-valued upon adoption of the new tax rate. A federal tax rate increase will decrease net deferred tax assets with a corresponding decrease to provision for income taxes.

~~Table Of Contents~~

Comparison of financial condition at

~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016~~2021

Overview

Consolidated assets increased ~~$85.3~~$1.7 million ~~or 11%,~~ to ~~$878.2 million~~$2.4 billion as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 relatively unchanged from ~~$792.9 million at~~ December 31, ~~2016.~~2021. The increase in assets occurred primarily in the loan portfolio which was offset by net unrealized losses in the investment portfolio and ~~investment portfolios of $35.8 million and $22.0 million, respectively, and bank-owned life insurance of $8.4 million utilizing~~the

Table Of Contents

related deferred tax asset. Loan portfolio increases were funded by growth in deposits. As explained in greater detail below, growth in deposits occurred because of ~~$45.1 million, borrowings of $32.4 million~~business and ~~$4.1 million~~seasonal tax activity, government relief due to the pandemic and increases in retained earnings, net of dividends declared. Borrowings consisted of $23.7 million in FHLB advances and $8.7 million in additional short-term borrowings. For the last quarter of 2017, the Company expects to continue using deposit growth to fund loan growth and pay down borrowings.personal account balances.

Funds Deployed:

Investment securities

At the time of purchase, management classifies investment securities into one of three categories: trading, available-for-sale (AFS) or held-to-maturity (HTM). To date, management has not purchased any securities for trading purposes. ~~All~~Some of the securities the Company purchases are classified as AFS even though there is no immediate intent to sell them. The AFS designation affords management the flexibility to sell securities and position the balance sheet in response to capital levels, liquidity needs or changes in market conditions. ~~Securities~~Debt securities AFS are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes, reported separately within shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI). Securities designated as HTM are carried at amortized cost and represent debt securities that the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity.

Effective April 1, 2022, the Company transferred agency and municipal bonds with a book value of $245.5 million from AFS to HTM in order to apply the accounting for securities HTM to mitigate the effect AFS accounting has on the balance sheet. The bonds that were transferred had the highest price volatility and consisted of fixed-rate securities representing 70% of the agency portfolio, 70% of the taxable municipal portfolio each laddered out on the short to intermediate part of the curve and 35% of the tax-exempt municipal portfolio on the long end of the curve were identified as the best candidates given the Company’s ability to hold those bonds to maturity. The market value of the securities on the date of the transfer was $221.7 million, after netting unrealized losses totaling $18.9 million. The $18.9 million, net of deferred taxes, will be accreted against other comprehensive income over the life of the bonds.

As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the carrying value of investment securities amounted to ~~$152.0~~$711.6 million, or ~~17%~~29% of total assets, compared to ~~$130.0~~$739.0 million, or ~~16%~~31% of total assets, at December 31, ~~2016.~~2021. On ~~September 30, 2017, 60%~~March 31, 2022, 36% of the carrying value of the investment portfolio was comprised of U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise residential mortgage-backed securities (MBS – GSE residential or mortgage-backed securities) that amortize and provide monthly cash flow that the Company can use for reinvestment, loan demand, unexpected deposit outflow, facility expansion or operations. The mortgage-backed securities portfolio includes only pass-through bonds issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA).

The Company’s municipal (obligations of states and political subdivisions) portfolio is comprised of tax-free municipal bonds with a book value of $271.6 million and taxable municipal bonds with a book value of $93.1 million. The overall credit ratings of these municipal bonds was as follows: 37% AAA, 62% AA, 1% A and 1% escrowed.

During the first quarter of 2022, the carrying value of total investments decreased $27.4 million, or 4%. Purchases for the quarter totaled $37.9 million, while principal reductions totaled $10.1 million and the decline in unrealized gain/loss was $54.0 million. The purchases were funded principally by cash flow generated from the portfolio and excess overnight liquidity. The Company attempts to maintain a well-diversified and proportionate investment portfolio that is structured to complement the strategic direction of the Company. Its growth typically supplements the lending activities but also considers the current and forecasted economic conditions, the Company’s liquidity needs and interest rate risk profile.

A comparison of investment securities at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 is as follows:



	March 31, 2022							December 31, 2021
(dollars in thousands)	Amount		%		Book yield		Reprice term	Amount		%		Book yield		Reprice term

MBS - GSE residential	$	258,728	36.3	%	1.8	%	6.4	$	257,267	34.8	%	1.6	%	5.1
Obligations of states & political subdivisions		338,623	47.6		2.3		14.7		364,710	49.4		2.3		7.5
Agency - GSE		114,232	16.1		1.4		7.0		117,003	15.8		1.4		5.2
Total	$	711,583	100.0	%	2.0	%	10.4	$	738,980	100.0	%	1.9	%	6.3

The investment securities portfolio contained no private label mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, collateralized debt obligations, or trust preferred securities, and no off-balance sheet derivatives were in use. The portfolio had no adjustable-rate instruments as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.

Investment securities were comprised of AFS securities as of ~~September 30, 2017.~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The AFS securities were recorded with a net unrealized loss of $53.8 million and a net unrealized gain of ~~$2.9 million and $2.1~~$0.2 million as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016, or a~~2021, respectively. Of the net ~~improvement~~decline in the unrealized gain position of ~~$0.8~~$54.0 million: $30.1 million ~~during the first nine months of 2017.~~was attributable to municipal securities; $16.4 million was attributable to mortgage-backed securities and $7.5 million was attributable to agency securities. The

Table Of Contents

direction and magnitude of the change in value of the Company’s investment portfolio is attributable to the direction and magnitude of the change in interest rates along the treasury yield curve. Generally, the values of debt securities move in the opposite direction of the changes in interest rates. As interest rates along the treasury yield curve ~~decline,~~rise, especially at the intermediate and long end, the values of debt securities tend to ~~rise.~~decline. Whether or not the value of the Company’s investment portfolio will ~~continue to exceed~~change above or below its amortized cost will be largely dependent on the direction and magnitude of interest rate movements and the duration of the debt securities within the Company’s investment portfolio. ~~When~~Management does not consider the reduction in value attributable to changes in credit quality. Correspondingly, when interest rates ~~rise,~~decline, the market values of the Company’s debt securities portfolio could be subject to market value ~~declines.~~increases.

As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the Company had ~~$130.6~~$425.1 million in public deposits, or ~~17%~~19% of total deposits. Pennsylvania state law requires the Company to maintain pledged securities on these public ~~deposits.~~deposits or otherwise obtain a FHLB letter of credit or FDIC insurance for these customers. As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the balance of pledged securities required for ~~deposit~~public and ~~repurchase agreement accounts~~trust deposits was ~~$141.6 million.~~$402.8 million, or 57% of total securities.

Quarterly, management performs a review of the investment portfolio to determine the causes of declines in the fair value of each security. The Company uses inputs provided by independent third parties to determine the fair value of its investment securities portfolio. Inputs provided by the third parties are reviewed and corroborated by management. Evaluations of the causes of the unrealized losses are performed to determine whether impairment exists and whether the impairment is temporary or other-than-temporary. Considerations such as the Company’s intent and ability to hold the securities until or sell prior to maturity, recoverability of the invested amounts over the intended holding period, the length of time and the severity in pricing decline below cost, the interest rate environment, the receipt of amounts contractually due and whether or not there is an active market for the securities, for example, are applied, along with an analysis of the financial condition of the issuer for management to make a realistic judgment of the probability that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts (principal and interest) due in determining whether a security is other-than-temporarily impaired. If a decline in value is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the amortized cost of the security is reduced by the credit impairment amount and a corresponding charge to current earnings is recognized. During the ~~nine months~~quarter ended ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the Company did not incur other-than-temporary impairment charges from its investment securities portfolio.

~~During the first nine months of 2017, the carrying value of total~~Restricted investments increased $22.0 million, or 17%. The Company attempts to maintain a well-diversified and proportionate investment portfolio that is structured to complement the strategic direction of the Company. Its growth typically supplements the lending activities but also considers the current and forecasted economic conditions, the Company’s liquidity needs and interest rate risk profile. The Company expects to grow the portfolio and increase its relative size with a preference toward mortgage-backed securities. If rates rise, the strategy will provide a good source of cash flow to reinvest into higher yielding interest-sensitive assets. During the first quarter of 2017, the Company purchased approximately $20 million of securities, primarily MBS - GSE residential, funded mostly by $10 million in ~~debt maturing in two years and another $7 million in borrowings laddered out from six months to one year matching a spread expected to produce a suitable after-tax return.~~bank stock

~~Table Of Contents~~

~~A comparison of investment securities at September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 is as follows:~~

September 30, 2017
December 31, 2016
(dollars in thousands)
Amount

%
Amount

%

MBS - GSE residential
$
91,271

60.0
%
$
70,937

54.5
%
State & municipal subdivisions

43,735

28.8

40,191

30.9

Agency - GSE

16,213

10.7

18,276

14.1

Equity securities - financial services

776

0.5

633

0.5

Total
$
151,995

100.0
%
$
130,037

100.0
%

~~As of September 30, 2017, there were no investments from any one state and municipal issuer with an aggregate book value that exceeded 10% of the Company’s shareholders’ equity.~~

~~The distribution of debt securities by stated maturity and tax-equivalent yield at September 30, 2017 are as follows:~~

More than

More than

More than

One year or less

one year to five years

five years to ten years

ten years

Total
(dollars in thousands)
$
%

$
%

$
%

$
%

$
%

MBS - GSE residential
$
-
-
%

$
2,262 3.59
%

$
4,345 3.80
%

$
84,664 3.27
%

$
91,271 3.31
%
State & municipal subdivisions

-
-

914 6.44

2,649 5.24

40,172 5.10

43,735 5.13

Agency - GSE

4,007 1.37

12,206 1.48

-
-

-
-

16,213 1.45

Total debt securities
$
4,007 1.37
%

$
15,382 2.05
%

$
6,994 4.34
%

$
124,836 3.84
%

$
151,219 3.62
%

In the above table, the book yields on state & municipal subdivisions were adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis using the corporate federal tax rate of 34%. In addition, average yields on securities AFS are based on amortized cost and do not reflect unrealized gains or losses.

~~Federal Home Loan Bank Stock~~

Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock is required for membership in the organization and is carried at cost since there is no market value available. The amount the Company is required to invest is dependent upon the relative size of outstanding borrowings the Company has with the FHLB of Pittsburgh. Excess stock is repurchased from the Company at par if the amount of borrowings decline to a predetermined level. In addition, the Company earns a return or dividend based on the amount invested. Atlantic Community Bankers Bank (ACBB) stock totaled $82 thousand as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The dividends received from the FHLB totaled $33 thousand and $35 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The balance in FHLB stock was ~~$2.5~~$3.1 million ~~and $2.6 million~~both as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, respectively.

Loans held-for-sale (HFS)

Upon origination, most residential mortgages and certain Small Business Administration (SBA) guaranteed loans may be classified as held-for-sale (HFS). In the event of market rate increases, fixed-rate loans and loans not immediately scheduled to re-price would no longer produce yields consistent with the current market. In declining interest rate environments, the Company would be exposed to prepayment risk as rates on fixed-rate loans decrease, and customers look to refinance loans. Consideration is given to the Company’s current liquidity position and projected future liquidity needs. To better manage prepayment and interest rate risk, loans that meet these conditions may be classified as HFS. Occasionally, residential mortgage and/or other nonmortgage loans may be transferred from the loan portfolio to HFS. The carrying value of loans HFS is based on the lower of cost or estimated fair value. If the fair values of these loans decline below their original cost, the difference is written down and charged to current earnings. Subsequent appreciation in the portfolio is credited to current earnings but only to the extent of previous write-downs.

As of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, loans HFS consisted of residential mortgages with carrying amounts of ~~$1.6~~$6.2 million and ~~$2.9~~$31.7 million, respectively, which approximated their fair values. During the ~~nine~~three months ended ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, residential mortgage loans with principal balances of ~~$30.9~~$29.9 million were sold into the secondary market and the Company recognized net gains of ~~$0.6~~$0.7 million, compared to ~~$34.4~~$80.7 million and ~~$0.6~~$2.3 million, respectively, during the ~~nine~~three months ended ~~September 30, 2016. During 2017,~~March 31, 2021.

Management completed a $12.8 million transfer of mortgages HFS to the ~~Company also sold one SBA guaranteed loan with a principal balance~~held-for-investment portfolio during the first quarter of ~~$2.4 million and recognized a net gain on the sale of $0.1 million. The Company did not sell any SBA guaranteed loans in 2016.~~ 2022.

The Company retains mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) on loans sold into the secondary market. MSRs are retained so that the Company can foster personal relationships. At ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, the servicing portfolio balance of sold residential mortgage loans was ~~$296.9~~$449.9 million and ~~$285.2~~$430.9 million, ~~respectively. At September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the~~respectively, with mortgage servicing ~~portfolio balance~~rights of ~~sold SBA loans was $5.7~~$1.8 million and ~~$4.1~~$1.7 million for the same periods, respectively.

‎

Table Of Contents

Loans and leases

As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the Company ~~has~~had gross loans and leases, including originated and acquired loans and leases, totaling ~~$635.1 million~~$1.5 billion compared to ~~$598.0 million~~$1.4 billion at December 31, ~~2016. The growth~~2021, an increase of ~~$37.1~~$39.8 million, or ~~6%,~~3%.

Growth in the portfolio was ~~largely~~primarily attributed to the ~~Company’s continued efforts to grow~~$16.7 million increase in the commercial and

~~Table Of Contents~~

industrial portfolio, ~~through opportunities~~resulting from the origination of several large commercial loans during the quarter, along with local government entities including counties, townships, boroughs, cities and school districts. The Company attributes customer loyalty to being a trusted financial advisor to clients. Additionally, the ~~indirect auto and lease~~$18.8 million increase in the residential portfolio, ~~continues to grow, as planned, due to new relationships with automobile dealerships~~stemming from $13 million in ~~Northeastern Pennsylvania.~~

~~Commercial and industrial and commercial real estate~~

The commercial and industrial (C&I) portfolio and commercial real estate (CRE) portfolio compared to December 31, 2016, had growth of $13.6 million, or 14%, and $4.8 million, or 2%, respectively. The major contributorsmortgage loans HFS originated during 2021 reclassified to the ~~growth in the C&I~~held-for-investment portfolio were local government entities. These opportunities continue through developing influential relationships utilized through the Company’s strategy. The Company also expanded commercial real estate secured lending. Growth in owner occupied CRE loans was offset by expected payoffs of $3.9 million received during the ~~third~~ quarter to remain invested at better yields that existed early in 2022 along with management’s decision to retain a greater percentage of ~~2017 due to~~mortgages held-for-investment that meet the sale of a company. Furthermore, during this quarter, the Company foreclosed on one large owner occupied CRE collateral, which was subsequently sold. In addition, the increase in CRE construction loans was due to loans added during the third quarter of 2017 to one customer for several construction projects. The Company expects modest growth for the remainder of 2017. FNMA underwriting guidelines.

~~Consumer~~

The consumer loan portfolio grew 11%, or approximately $16.7 million, from $150.2 million on December 31, 2016 to $166.9 million at September 30, 2017. The growth was largely driven by an increase of $22.8 million in auto loans and leases. Additional support was realized from $1.6 million in home equity line of credit usage from new and existing clients. These increases more than offset a $7.5 million reduction in other consumer loans that was directly related to a temporary overdraft at the end of 2016.

~~Residential~~

The residential loan portfolio grew approximately $2.0 million, or 1%, from $145.0 million at December 31, 2016 to $147.0 million at September 30, 2017. Construction loans realized a reduction of $2.2 million while held-for-investment real estate mortgages, which make up roughly 94%, of this category grew $4.2 million.

The composition of the loan portfolio at ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016~~2021 is summarized as follows:


	September 30, 2017				December 31, 2016				March 31, 2022				December 31, 2021
(dollars in thousands)	Amount		%		Amount		%		Amount		%		Amount		%

Commercial and industrial	$	112,096	17.6	%	$	98,477	16.5	%	$	252,963	17.2	%	$	236,304	16.5	%
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied		93,398	14.7			87,220	14.5			310,663	21.1			312,848	21.8
Owner occupied		109,598	17.3			113,104	18.9			250,578	17.0			248,755	17.3
Construction		6,123	1.0			3,987	0.7			22,779	1.5			21,147	1.5
Consumer:
Home equity installment		28,282	4.5			28,466	4.8			47,852	3.2			47,571	3.3
Home equity line of credit		53,177	8.4			51,609	8.6			55,340	3.7			54,878	3.8
Auto and leases		79,629	12.5			56,841	9.5
Auto										119,082	8.1			118,029	8.2
Direct finance leases										27,138	1.8			26,232	1.8
Other		5,784	0.9			13,301	2.2			8,307	0.6			8,013	0.6
Residential:
Real estate		138,709	21.9			134,475	22.5			343,360	23.3			325,861	22.8
Construction		8,315	1.2			10,496	1.8			36,247	2.5			34,919	2.4
Gross loans		635,111	100.0	%		597,976	100.0	%		1,474,309	100.0	%		1,434,557	100.0	%
Less:
Allowance for loan losses		(9,356)				(9,364)				(16,081)				(15,624)
Unearned lease revenue		(644)				(482)				(1,431)				(1,429)
Net loans	$	625,111			$	588,130			$	1,456,797			$	1,417,504

Loans held-for-sale	$	1,629			$	2,854			$	6,236			$	31,727

Commercial & industrial (C&I) and commercial real estate (CRE)

As of March 31, 2022, the commercial loan portfolio increased by $18.0 million, or 2%, to $837.0 million over the December 31, 2021 balance of $819.0 million primarily due to three large unrelated C&I loans that were originated during the quarter. Excluding the $18.0 million reduction in PPP loans (net of deferred fees) during the three months ended March 31, 2022, the commercial portfolio grew $36.0 million with the growth stemming from the C&I portfolio.

CRE loans increased $1.3 million with growth in owner-occupied and construction loans offsetting a reduction in non-owner occupied loan balances.

Paycheck Protection Program Loans

As a qualified SBA lender, the Company was automatically authorized to originate PPP loans, and during the second and third quarter of 2020, the Company originated 1,551 loans totaling $159 million under the Paycheck Protection Program.

Under the PPP, the entire principal amount of the borrower’s loan, including any accrued interest, is eligible to be reduced by the loan forgiveness amount, so long as the employer maintains or quickly rehires employees and maintains salary levels and 60% of the loan proceeds are used for payroll expenses, with the remaining 40% of the loan proceeds used for other qualifying expenses.

As part of the Economic Relief Act, which became law on December 27, 2020, an additional $284 billion of federal resources was allocated to a reauthorized and revised PPP. On January 19, 2021, the Company began processing and originating PPP loans for this

Table Of Contents

second round, which subsequently ended on May 31, 2021, and during this round, the Company originated 1,022 loans totaling $77 million.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2020 and continuing during 2021, the Company submitted PPP forgiveness applications to the SBA, and through March 31, 2022, the Company received forgiveness or paydowns of $219.4 million, or 93%, of the original PPP loan balances of $236.3 million with $16.3 million occurring during the three months ended March 31, 2022.

As a PPP lender, the Company received fee income of approximately $9.9 million with $9.4 million recognized to date, including $0.7 million recognized during the first quarter of 2022. Unearned fees attributed to PPP loans, net of fees paid to referral sources as prescribed by the SBA under the PPP, were $0.5 million as of March 31, 2022.

The PPP loans originated by size were as follows as of March 31, 2022:



(dollars in thousands)	Balance originated		Current balance		Total SBA fee		SBA fee recognized
$150,000 or less	$	76,594	$	5,713	$	4,866	$	4,550
Greater than $150,000 but less than $2,000,000		128,082		11,227		4,765		4,517
$2,000,000 or higher		31,656		-		316		316
Total PPP loans originated	$	236,332	$	16,940	$	9,947	$	9,383

The table above does not include the $20.3 million in PPP loans acquired because of the merger with Landmark during the third quarter of 2021. As of March 31, 2022, the balance of outstanding acquired PPP loans was $5.5 million.

Consumer

The consumer loan portfolio consisted of home equity installment, home equity line of credit, automobile, direct finance leases and other consumer loans.

As of March 31, 2022, the consumer loan portfolio increased by $3.0 million, or 1%, to $257.7 million compared to the December 31, 2021 balance of $254.7 million, primarily due to increases in auto loans and leases.

Residential

As of March 31, 2022, the residential loan portfolio increased by $18.8 million, or 5%, to $379.6 million compared to the December 31, 2021 balance of $360.8 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2022, growth in the portfolio was primarily attributed to the $13 million in mortgage loans held-for-sale originated during 2021 reclassified to the held-for-investment portfolio during the quarter along with management’s decision to retain a greater percentage of mortgages held-for-investment that meet the FNMA underwriting guidelines.

The residential loan portfolio consisted primarily of held-for-investment residential loans for primary residences. Management expects the sudden historic rise in interest rates will have an impact on demand for residential mortgages throughout the remainder of 2022.

Allowance for loan losses

Management evaluates the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and performs a formal review of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses ~~(the allowance)~~(allowance) on a quarterly basis. The allowance reflects management’s best estimate of the amount of credit losses in the loan portfolio. Management’s judgment is based on the evaluation of individual loans, ~~past~~ experience, the assessment of current economic conditions and other relevant factors including the amounts and timing of cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans. Those estimates may be susceptible to significant change. The provision for loan losses represents the amount necessary to maintain an appropriate allowance. Loan losses are charged directly against the allowance when loans are deemed to be uncollectible. Recoveries from previously charged-off loans are added to the allowance when received.

~~Table Of Contents~~

•identification of specific impaired loans by loan category;

•calculation of specific allowances where required for the impaired loans based on collateral and other objective and quantifiable evidence;

•determination of loans with similar credit characteristics within each class of the loan portfolio segment and eliminating the impaired loans;

•application of historical loss percentages (trailing twelve-quarter average) to pools to determine the allowance allocation; and

•application of qualitative factor adjustment percentages to historical losses for trends or changes in the loan portfolio, regulations, and/or current economic conditions.

Table Of Contents

A key element of the methodology to determine the allowance is the Company’s credit risk evaluation process, which includes credit risk grading of individual commercial loans. Commercial loans are assigned credit risk grades based on the Company’s assessment of conditions that affect the borrower’s ability to meet its contractual obligations under the loan agreement. That process includes reviewing borrowers’ current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and other information specific to each individual borrower. Upon review, the commercial loan credit risk grade is revised or reaffirmed. The credit risk grades may be changed at any time management determines an upgrade or downgrade may be warranted. The credit risk grades for the commercial loan portfolio are ~~taken into account~~considered in the reserve methodology and loss factors are applied based upon the credit risk grades. The loss factors applied are based upon the Company’s historical experience as well as what management believes to be best practices and within common industry standards. Historical experience reveals there is a direct correlation between the credit risk grades and loan charge-offs. The changes in allocations in the commercial loan portfolio from period-to-period are based upon the credit risk grading system and from periodic reviews of the loan portfolio.

Acquired loans are initially recorded at their acquisition date fair values with no carryover of the existing related allowance for loan losses. Fair values are based on a discounted cash flow methodology that involves assumptions and judgements as to credit risk, expected lifetime losses, environmental factors, collateral values, discount rates, expected payments and expected prepayments. Upon acquisition, in accordance with GAAP, the Company has individually determined whether each acquired loan is within the scope of ASC 310-30. These loans are deemed purchased credit impaired loans and the excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value is referred to as the accretable discount and is recognized into interest income over the remaining life of the loan. The difference between contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is referred to as the non-accretable discount.

Acquired ASC 310-20 loans, which are loans that did not meet the criteria of ASC 310-30, were pooled into groups of similar loans based on various factors including borrower type, loan purpose, and collateral type. These loans are initially recorded at fair value and include credit and interest rate marks associated with purchase accounting adjustments. Purchase premiums or discounts are subsequently amortized as an adjustment to yield over the estimated contractual lives of the loans. There is no allowance for loan losses established at the acquisition date for acquired performing loans. An allowance for loan losses is recorded for any credit deterioration in these loans after acquisition.

Each quarter, management performs an assessment of the allowance for loan losses. The Company’s Special Assets Committee meets ~~monthly~~quarterly, and the applicable lenders discuss each relationship under review and reach a consensus on the appropriate estimated loss amount, if applicable, based on current accounting guidance. The Special Assets Committee’s focus is on ensuring the pertinent facts are considered regarding not only loans considered for specific reserves, but also the collectability of loans that may be past due. The assessment process also includes the review of all loans on non-accrual status as well as a review of certain loans to which the lenders or the Credit Administration function have assigned a criticized or classified risk rating.

‎

Table Of Contents

The following tables set forth the activity in the allowance for loan losses and certain key ratios for the period indicated:


	As of and for the			As of and for the			As of and for the
	three months ended			twelve months ended			three months ended
(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2022			December 31, 2021			March 31, 2021

Balance at beginning of period	$	15,624		$	14,202		$	14,202

Charge-offs:
Commercial and industrial		-			(130)			(7)
Commercial real estate		(1)			(491)			(124)
Consumer		(94)			(206)			(28)
Residential		-			(162)			(43)
Total		(95)			(989)			(202)

Recoveries:
Commercial and industrial		2			23			4
Commercial real estate		9			250			11
Consumer		14			138			24
Residential		2			-			-
Total		27			411			39
Net charge-offs		(68)			(578)			(163)
Provision for loan losses		525			2,000			800
Balance at end of period	$	16,081		$	15,624		$	14,839

Allowance for loan losses to total loans		1.09	%		1.09	%		1.30	%
Net charge-offs to average total loans outstanding		0.02	%		0.04	%		0.06	%
Average total loans	$	1,467,362		$	1,299,960		$	1,162,112
Loans 30 - 89 days past due and accruing	$	1,512		$	1,982		$	912
Loans 90 days or more past due and accruing	$	174		$	64		$	59
Non-accrual loans	$	2,307		$	2,949		$	3,929
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans		6.97	x		5.30	x		3.78	x
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans		6.48	x		5.19	x		3.72	x

The allowance increased $0.5 million, or 3%, to $16.1 million at March 31, 2022 from $15.6 million at December 31, 2021 due to provisioning of $0.5 million partially offset by $68 thousand in net charge-offs. The allowance for loan and lease losses was $9.4 million at September 30, 2017 and $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Relative to the loan portfolio, which grew $37.1 million through September 30, 2017, the allowance decreased from 1.56% of total loans at December 31, 2016 to 1.47% at September 30, 2017.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2017, management increased qualitative factor loss estimates due to certain macroeconomic and business factors. One factor identified the inverse effect of rising interest rates on commercial real estate values. Another involved relatively higher delinquency rates on urban residential properties (3.1% regionally vs. 1.6% nationally) within the Company’s operating area on properties that were relatively more likely to have negative equity (29.1% regionally vs. 10.4% nationally). Lastly, management identified potentially increased legal and regulatory requirements as the result of the Company’s growing asset size.

~~Although the allowance decreased relative to loans, the Company reported improving asset quality. At September 30, 2017, fewer non-performing loans reduced the ratio of non-performing loans~~remained unchanged as a percentage of total loans ~~to 0.61%~~ at ~~September 30, 2017 versus 1.23% at~~1.09% as of March 31, 2022 compared to December 31, ~~2016. Further, allowance levels at September 30, 2017 were sufficient to cover non-accrual loans 2.42x, a substantial increase over 1.27x reported at December 31, 2016.~~

~~Net charge-offs against~~2021 as the growth in the loan portfolio (3%) was the same as the growth in the allowance ~~totaled $0.9 million~~ for loan losses (3%) during the ~~nine months ended September 30, 2017. This compared with $1.0 million as of September 30, 2016 and $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.~~ period.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2017, commercial loan charge-offs were $0.5 million or about 48% of total charge-offs. Significant commercial charge-offs totaled $0.3 million, which comprised 32% of total year-to-date charge-offs, and occurred in the CRE portfolio from a single borrower in both the second and third quarters of 2017. The Company anticipates no further losses, as these loans were satisfied at the end of the third quarterLoans acquired from the ~~sale of~~Merchants and Landmark mergers (performing and non-performing) were initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair values. Since there is no initial credit valuation allowance recorded under this method, the ~~foreclosed asset serving as collateral. Also~~Company establishes a post-acquisition allowance for loan losses to record losses which may subsequently arise on the ~~nine months ended September 30, 2017, consumer charge-offs were $0.5 million or about 49% of total charge-offs. A substantial charge-off~~acquired loans.

PPP loans made to eligible borrowers have a 100% SBA guarantee. Given this guarantee, no allowance for ~~$0.3 million occurred~~loan and lease losses was recorded for ~~a single borrower in the HELOC portfolio during the third quarter of 2017. This charge-off was in anticipation of the credit being moved to ORE in the fourth quarter.~~ these loans.

Management believes that the current balance in the allowance for loan losses is sufficient to ~~withstand~~meet the identified potential credit quality issues that may arise and other issues unidentified but inherent to the portfolio. Potential problem loans are those where there is known information that leads management to believe repayment of principal and/or interest is in jeopardy and the loans are currently neither on non-accrual status nor past due 90 days or more. ~~There could be additional instances which become identified in future periods that may require additional charge-offs and/or increases~~

During the first quarter of 2022, management increased the qualitative factors associated with its commercial, consumer, and residential portfolios related to the ~~allowance due~~rise in rates that occurred during the quarter, and the adverse impact that these increased rates are anticipated to ~~continued sluggishness in the economy~~have on estimated credit losses.

‎

4451

Table Of Contents

The allocation of net charge-offs among major categories of loans are as follows for the periods indicated:


	For the three		% of Total		For the three		% of Total
	months ended		Net		months ended		Net
(dollars in thousands)	March 31, 2022		Charge-offs		March 31, 2021		Charge-offs
Net charge-offs
Commercial and industrial	$	2	(3)	%	$	(3)	2	%
Commercial real estate		8	(12)			(113)	69
Consumer		(80)	118			(4)	3
Residential		2	(3)			(43)	26
Total net charge-offs	$	(68)	100	%	$	(163)	100	%

For the three months ended March 31, 2022, net charge-offs against the allowance totaled $68 thousand compared with net charge-offs of $163 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2021, representing a $95 thousand, or 58%, decrease. This decrease was attributed to general economic improvement and ~~pressure on property values. In contrast, an abrupt significant increase in~~continued high levels of liquidity for the ~~U.S. Prime lending rate could adversely impact the debt service capacity of existing borrowers' ability to repay.~~Company’s customers.

For a discussion on the provision for loan losses, see the “Provision for loan losses,” located in the results of operations section of management’s discussion and analysis contained herein.

~~The following tables set forth the activity in the allowance for loan losses and certain key ratios for the period indicated:~~

As of and for the
As of and for the
As of and for the

nine months ended
twelve months ended
nine months ended
(dollars in thousands)
September 30, 2017
December 31, 2016
September 30, 2016

Balance at beginning of period
$
9,364

$
9,527

$
9,527

Charge-offs:

Commercial and industrial

(76)

(224)

(199)

Commercial real estate

(416)

(592)

(526)

Consumer

(505)

(504)

(356)

Residential

(38)

(60)

(60)

Total

(1,035)

(1,380)

(1,141)

Recoveries:

Commercial and industrial

5

55

39

Commercial real estate

44

37

36

Consumer

53

100

85

Residential

-

-

-

Total

102

192

160

Net charge-offs

(933)

(1,188)

(981)

Provision for loan losses

925

1,025

650

Balance at end of period
$
9,356

$
9,364

$
9,196

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

1.47
%

1.57
%

1.61
%
Net charge-offs to average total loans outstanding

0.20
%

0.21
%

0.23
%
Average total loans
$
628,283

$
568,953

$
564,051

Loans 30 - 89 days past due and accruing
$
2,444

$
2,241

$
4,074

Loans 90 days or more past due and accruing
$
-

$
19

$
66

Non-accrual loans
$
3,864

$
7,370

$
5,861

Allowance for loan losses to loans 90 days or more past due and accruing

N/A
*

492.84
x

139.33
x
Allowance for loan losses to non-accrual loans

2.42
x

1.27
x

1.57
x
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans

2.42
x

1.27
x

1.55
x

*N/A – Ratio is not applicable because numerator is zero.

The allowance for loan losses can generally absorb losses throughout the loan portfolio. However, in some instances an allocation is made for specific loans or groups of loans. Allocation of the allowance for loan losses for different categories of loans is based on the methodology used by the Company, as previously explained. The changes in the allocations from period-to-period are based upon quarter-end reviews of the loan portfolio.

~~Table Of Contents~~

Allocation of the allowance among major categories of loans for the periods indicated, as well as the percentage of loans in each category to total loans, is summarized in the following table. This table should not be interpreted as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will occur in these amounts or proportions, or that the allocation indicates future charge-off trends. When present, the portion of the allowance designated as unallocated is within the Company’s guidelines:



	September 30, 2017				December 31, 2016				September 30, 2016				March 31, 2022				December 31, 2021				March 31, 2021
			Category				Category				Category				Category				Category				Category
			% of				% of				% of				% of				% of				% of
(dollars in thousands)	Allowance		Loans		Allowance		Loans		Allowance		Loans		Allowance		Loans		Allowance		Loans		Allowance		Loans
Category
Commercial real estate	$	4,102	33	%	$	4,706	34	%	$	4,808	35	%	$	6,822	40	%	$	7,422	41	%	$	7,080	35	%
Commercial and industrial		1,399	18			1,075	17			1,131	16			2,780	17			2,204	16			2,342	26
Consumer		1,969	26			1,834	25			1,788	24			2,547	17			2,404	18			2,415	18
Residential real estate		1,799	23			1,622	24			1,357	25			3,851	26			3,508	25			2,915	21
Unallocated		87	-			127	-			112	-			81	-			86	-			87	-
Total	$	9,356	100	%	$	9,364	100	%	$	9,196	100	%	$	16,081	100	%	$	15,624	100	%	$	14,839	100	%

As of March 31, 2022, the commercial loan portfolio, consisting of CRE and C&I loans, comprised 60% of the total allowance for loan losses compared with 62% on December 31, 2021. The commercial loan allowance allocation declined, but remained higher than the commercial loan allocation, due to the payoff of commercial real estate loans to a single borrower with a large specific impairment during the first quarter of 2022.

As of March 31, 2022, the consumer loan portfolio comprised 16% of the total allowance for loan losses compared with 15% on December 31, 2021. The one percentage point increase in the consumer loan allowance allocation was the result of growth in the consumer portfolio during the quarter.

As of March 31, 2022, the residential loan portfolio comprised 24% of the total allowance for loan losses compared with 22% on December 31, 2021. The two percentage point increase was the result of the relative increase in this loan category, which increased from 25% as of December 31, 2021 to 26% as of March 31, 2022.

As of March 31, 2022, the unallocated reserve, representing the portion of the allowance not specifically identified with a loan or groups of loans, was less than 1% of the total allowance for loan losses unchanged from December 31, 2021.

Non-performing assets

The Company defines non-performing assets as accruing loans past due 90 days or more, non-accrual loans, troubled debt ~~restructured loans~~restructurings (TDRs), other real estate owned (ORE) and repossessed assets. At September 30, 2017, non-performing assets represented 0.76% of total assets compared with 1.33% as of December 31, 2016 and 1.32% as of September 30, 2016. The improvement resulted from a combination of $107.8 million in total asset growth and a $3.5 million net reduction of total non-performing assets year-over-year.

‎

Table Of Contents

The following table sets forth non-performing assets data as of the period indicated:



(dollars in thousands)	September 30, 2017		December 31, 2016		September 30, 2016		March 31, 2022		December 31, 2021		March 31, 2021

Loans past due 90 days or more and accruing	$	-	$	19	$	66	$	174	$	64	$	59
Non-accrual loans *		3,864		7,370		5,861		2,307		2,949		3,929
Total non-performing loans		3,864		7,389		5,927		2,481		3,013		3,988
Troubled debt restructurings		1,881		1,823		2,478		1,371		2,987		2,489
Other real estate owned and repossessed assets		927		1,306		1,752		151		434		413
Total non-performing assets	$	6,672	$	10,518	$	10,157	$	4,003	$	6,434	$	6,890

Total loans, including loans held-for-sale	$	636,096	$	600,348	$	573,898	$	1,479,114	$	1,464,855	$	1,153,160
Total assets	$	878,266	$	792,944	$	770,423	$	2,420,774	$	2,419,104	$	1,913,092
Non-accrual loans to total loans		0.61%		1.23%		1.02%		0.16%		0.20%		0.34%
Non-performing loans to total loans		0.61%		1.23%		1.03%		0.17%		0.21%		0.35%
Non-performing assets to total assets		0.76%		1.33%		1.32%		0.17%		0.27%		0.36%

* In the table above, the amount includes non-accrual TDRs of ~~$2.0~~$0.4 million as of ~~September 30, 2017, $1.5~~March 31, 2022, $0.6 million as of December 31, ~~2016~~2021 and ~~$20 thousand~~$0.7 million as of ~~September 30, 2016.~~ March 31, 2021.

InManagement routinely reviews the ~~review of loans for both delinquency and collateral sufficiency, management concluded that there were a number of~~loan portfolio to identify loans that ~~lacked the ability~~are either delinquent or are otherwise deemed by management unable to repay in accordance with contractual terms. ~~The decision to place~~Generally, loans ~~on non-accrual status is made on an individual basis after considering factors pertaining to each specific loan. Generally, commercial loans~~of all types are placed on non-accrual status ~~when management has determined that payment~~if a loan of ~~all contractual~~any type is past due 90 or more days or if collection of principal and interest is in doubt or the loan is past due 90 days or more as to principal and interest, unless well-secured and in the process of collection. Consumer loans secured by residential real estate and residential mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status at 120 days past due as to principal and interest, anddoubt. Further, unsecured consumer loans are charged-off when the ~~loan~~principal and/or interest is 90 days or more past ~~due as to principal and interest.~~due. Uncollected interest income accrued on all loans placed on non-accrual is reversed and charged to interest income.

~~From September 30, 2016 to September 30, 2017, non-performing loans, which consists~~Non-performing assets represented 0.17% of ~~accruing loans that are over 90 days past due as well as all non-accrual loans, decreased~~total assets at March 31, 2022 compared with 0.27% at December 31, 2021 with the improvement resulting from ~~$5.9 million to $3.9 million, a $2.0~~the $2.4 million, or ~~a 35% decrease. The change in non-performing loans was the result of charge-offs, transfers to ORE, payments, and miscellaneous transfers back to accrual from all loan types. This~~38%, decrease in non-performing loans was driven by a $2.9 million net decrease in non-accrual commercial loans due to the payoff of two CRE loans for a single borrower, totaling $2.5 million, in the third quarter of 2017. The net decrease in non-accrual commercial loans was partially offset byassets including a $0.6 million ~~net increase of residential mortgage~~reduction in non-accrual loans, a $1.6 million reduction in accruing troubled debt restructurings, and a $0.3 million ~~net~~reduction in other real estate owned and repossessed assets partially offset by the $0.1 million increase in ~~consumer non-accrual loans.~~loans past due 90 days and accruing.

~~Table Of Contents~~

From December 31, ~~2016~~2021 to ~~September 30, 2017, non-performing~~March 31, 2022, non-accrual loans ~~decreased~~declined $0.6 million, or 22%, from ~~$7.4~~$2.9 million to ~~$3.9~~$2.3 million. The $0.6 million ~~a $3.5~~decline in non-accrual loans was primarily the result of $0.5 million ~~or 48% decrease. This decrease was driven by~~in payments ~~received of $3.3~~and $0.4 million ~~charge-offs of $0.7 million, transfers back~~in moves to ~~accrual of $1.0 million and transfers to~~ ORE ~~of $0.2 million. These reductions were~~ partially offset by ~~additions and miscellaneous expenses totaling $1.7~~$0.3 million in additions. At March 31, 2022, there were a total of 37 loans to 33 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from less than $1 thousand to $0.5 million.

~~From~~ At December 31, ~~2016~~2021, there were a total of 31 loans to ~~September 30, 2017, the portion of accruing loans~~28 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from less than $1 thousand to $0.7 million.

There were one direct finance lease totaling $31 thousand and one commercial real estate loan totaling $143 thousand that was over 90 days past due ~~decreased from $19~~as of March 31, 2022 compared to two direct finance leases totaling $64 thousand ~~to zero. Accruing loans~~that were over 90 days past due atas of December 31, ~~2016 consisted~~2021. The delinquent direct finance lease is fully guaranteed under a formal recourse agreement with the originating auto dealer and were in process of ~~four loans to four unrelated borrowers ranging from $1 thousand to $9 thousand.~~ orderly collection while the delinquent commercial real estate loan is well secured and in the process of collection.

The Company seeks payments from all past due customers through an aggressive customer communication process. AUnless well-secured and in the process of collection, past due ~~loan~~loans will be placed on non-accrual at the ~~90 day~~90-day point when it is deemed that a customer is non-responsive and uncooperative to collection efforts.

From December 31, 2016 to September 30, 2017, non-accruing loans of all types decreased by $3.5 million, or 48%, from $7.4 million to $3.9 million. At December 31, 2016, there were a total of 46 loans to 39 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from less than $1 thousand to $2.3 million. At September 30, 2017, there were a total of 35 loans to 28 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from less than $1 thousand to $0.9 million. The decrease in non-accruing loans is primarily attributable to the payoff of two significant non-accrual owner-occupied CRE loans to one borrower with balances totaling $2.5 million. During the third quarter of 2017, the Company foreclosed on the collateral for these loans and sold the foreclosed assets.
‎

Table Of Contents

The composition of non-performing loans as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 is as follows:




			Past due									Past due
	Gross		90 days or		Non-		Total non-		% of	Gross		90 days or		Non-		Total non-		% of
	loan		more and		accrual		performing		gross	loan		more and		accrual		performing		gross
(dollars in thousands)	balances		still accruing		loans		loans		loans	balances		still accruing		loans		loans		loans
Commercial and industrial	$	112,096	$	-	$	14	$	14	0.01%	$	252,963	$	-	$	49	$	49	0.02%
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied		93,398		-		584		584	0.63%		310,663		-		478		478	0.15%
Owner occupied		109,598		-		1,148		1,148	1.05%		250,578		143		1,300		1,443	0.58%
Construction		6,123		-		169		169	2.76%		22,779		-		-		-	-
Consumer:
Home equity installment		28,282		-		15		15	0.05%		47,852		-		-		-	-
Home equity line of credit		53,177		-		513		513	0.96%		55,340		-		171		171	0.31%
Auto loans and leases *		78,985		-		-		-	-
Auto loans											119,082		-		172		172	0.14%
Direct finance leases *											25,707		31		-		31	0.12%
Other		5,784		-		-		-	-		8,307		-		-		-	-
Residential:
Real estate		138,709		-		1,421		1,421	1.02%		343,360		-		137		137	0.04%
Construction		8,315		-		-		-	-		36,247		-		-		-	-
Loans held-for-sale		1,629		-		-		-	-		6,236		-		-		-	-

Total	$	636,096	$	-	$	3,864	$	3,864	0.61%	$	1,479,114	$	174	$	2,307	$	2,481	0.17%

*Net of unearned lease revenue of ~~$0.6~~$1.4 million.

Payments received from non-accrual loans are recognized on a cost recovery method. Payments are first applied to the outstanding principal balance, then to the recovery of any charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as a recovery of interest income. If the non-accrual loans that were outstanding as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 had been performing in accordance with their original terms, the Company would have recognized interest income with respect to such loans of ~~$0.2 million.~~$69 thousand.

The following tables set forth the activity in TDRs for the periods indicated:



As of and for the three months ended March 31, 2022
	Accruing		Non-accruing
	Commercial		Commercial		Commercial
(dollars in thousands)	real estate		real estate		& industrial		Total
Troubled Debt Restructures:
Beginning balance	$	2,987	$	419	$	135	$	3,541
Additions		-		-		-		-
Pay downs / payoffs		(1,616)		(61)		(135)		(1,812)
Charge offs		-		-		-		-
Ending balance	$	1,371	$	358	$	-	$	1,729
Number of loans		6		1		-		7



As of and for the year ended December 31, 2021
	Accruing		Non-accruing
	Commercial		Commercial		Commercial
(dollars in thousands)	real estate		real estate		& industrial		Total
Troubled Debt Restructures:
Beginning balance	$	2,571	$	456	$	206	$	3,233
Additions		519		-		-		519
Pay downs / payoffs		(103)		(37)		(6)		(146)
Charge offs		-		-		(65)		(65)
Ending balance	$	2,987	$	419	$	135	$	3,541
Number of loans		8		1		2		11

Table Of Contents

The Company, on a regular basis, reviews changes to loans to determine if they meet the definition of a ~~troubled debt restructure (TDR).~~TDR. TDRs arise when a borrower experiences financial difficulty and the Company grants a concession that it would not otherwise grant based on current underwriting standards ~~in order~~ to maximize the Company’s recovery.

From December 31, ~~2016~~2021 to ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, TDRs ~~increased from nine loans totaling $3.3 million to fifteen loans totaling $3.9 million. This increase of $0.6~~declined $1.8 million, or ~~16%~~51%, ~~was~~ primarily due to payoff of two commercial real estate TDRs to a single borrower totaling $1.6 million and the ~~addition~~payoff of ~~six CRE loans~~two commercial and industrial TDRs to ~~four unrelated borrowers~~a single borrower totaling ~~$1.1 million during the first nine months of 2017.~~$0.1 million. At December 31, ~~2016, the nine~~2021, there were a total of 11 TDRs ~~consisted of six CRE loans totaling $1.8 million, one C&I loan totaling $25~~by 8 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from $50 thousand ~~one residential mortgage totaling $0.9~~to $1.3 million, and at March 31, 2022, there were a total of 7 TDRs by 6 unrelated borrowers with balances that ranged from $89 thousand to $0.5 million.

Loans modified in a TDR may or may not be placed on non-accrual status. At March 31, 2022, there was one ~~HELOC~~TDRs totaling $0.4 million that was on non-accrual status compared to three TDRs totaling $0.6 ~~million. At September 30, 2017, the fifteen TDRs consisted of twelve CRE loans totaling $2.6~~ million ~~one C&I loan totaling $25 thousand, one residential mortgage loan totaling $0.9 million and one HELOC totaling $0.4 million.~~

Atat December 31, 2016, two TDRs totaling $1.5 million were on non-accrual. These consisted of one residential mortgage and one HELOC. At September 30, 2017, four TDRs totaling $2.0 million were on non-accrual. These consisted of two CRE loans, one residential mortgage and one HELOC.2021.

~~Table Of Contents~~

~~The following tables set forth the activity in TDRs as and for the periods indicated:~~

As of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2017

Accruing

Non-accruing

Commercial &

Commercial

Consumer

Commercial

Residential

(dollars in thousands)
industrial

real estate

HELOC

real estate

real estate

Total

Troubled Debt Restructures:

Beginning balance
$
25

$
1,798

$
650

$
-

$
881

$
3,354
Additions

-

1,059

-

-

-

1,059
Transfers

-

(969)

-

969

-

-
Pay downs / payoffs

-

(32)

-

(227)

(18)

(277)
Charge offs

-

-

(255)

-

-

(255)
Ending balance
$
25

$
1,856

$
395

$
742

$
863

$
3,881

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2016

Accruing

Non-accruing

Commercial &

Commercial

Consumer

Commercial
Residential

(dollars in thousands)
industrial

real estate

HELOC

real estate
real estate

Total

Troubled Debt Restructures:

Beginning balance
$
525

$
1,898

$
-

$
-

$
-

$
2,423
Additions

-

4

650

-

881

1,535
Transfers

-

(20)

-

20

-

-
Pay downs / payoffs

(500)

(84)

-

-

-

(584)
Charge offs

-

-

-

(20)

-

(20)
Ending balance
$
25

$
1,798

$
650

$
-

$
881

$
3,354

If applicable, a TDR loan classified as non-accrual would require a minimum of six months of payments before consideration for a return to accrual status. The concessions granted consisted of temporary interest-only payments or a reduction in the rate of interest to a below-market rate for a contractual period of time. The Company believes concessions have been made in the best interests of the borrower and the Company. If loans characterized as a TDR perform according to the restructured terms for a satisfactory period of time, the TDR designation may be removed in a new calendar year if the loan yields a market rate of interest.

Foreclosedassets held-for-sale

From December 31, ~~2016~~2021 to ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, foreclosed assets held-for-sale (ORE) ~~decreased~~declined from ~~$1.3 million~~$434 thousand to ~~$0.9 million,~~$151 thousand, a ~~$0.4 million, or 29%, decrease.~~ $283 thousand decrease, which was primarily attributed to two ORE properties totaling $283 thousand that were sold during the quarter. One property totaling $437 thousand was also added to ORE and sold during the quarter.

The following table sets forth the activity in the ORE component of foreclosed assets held-for-sale:



	September 30, 2017			December 31, 2016			March 31, 2022			December 31, 2021
(dollars in thousands)	Amount		#	Amount		#	Amount		#	Amount		#

Balance at beginning of period	$	1,298	13	$	1,074	14	$	434	5	$	256	6

Additions		207	4		1,056	11		437	1		969	7
Pay downs		(18)			(18)			-			-
Write downs		(91)			(80)			-			(16)
Sold		(474)	(6)		(734)	(12)		(720)	(3)		(775)	(8)
Balance at end of period	$	922	11	$	1,298	13	$	151	3	$	434	5

As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, ORE consisted of ~~eleven~~three properties ~~from eleven~~securing loans to three unrelated borrowers totaling ~~$0.9 million.~~

~~Three of these~~$151 thousand. Two properties ($~~0.1 million)~~150 thousand) to two unrelated borrowers were added in ~~2017; three were added in 2016~~2021 and one property ($~~0.5 million); one~~1 thousand) was added in ~~2015 ($0.1 million); two were added in 2014 ($42 thousand); one was added in 2012 ($100); and one was added in 2011 ($0.2 million).~~2017. Of the ~~eleven~~three properties, ~~seven totaling $0.6 million were~~one property is under agreement of sale and two properties are listed for ~~sale, while the four remaining properties totaling $0.3 million were either in negotiations for sale or in process for disposition.~~sale.

~~Table Of Contents~~

As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the Company had ~~one~~no other repossessed ~~asset held-for-sale, with a balance of $4 thousand. There was one repossessed asset held-for-sale at December 31, 2016, with a balance of $8 thousand.~~assets held-for-sale.

Cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance

The Company maintains bank owned life insurance (BOLI) for a chosen group of employees at the time of purchase, namely its officers, where the Company is the owner and sole beneficiary of the policies. BOLI is classified as a non-interest earning asset. Increases in the cash surrender value are recorded as components of non-interest income. The BOLI is profitable from the appreciation of the cash surrender values of the pool of insurance and its tax-free advantage to the Company. This profitability is used to offset a portion of current and future employee benefit costs. ~~In March 2017,~~As a result of the Landmark acquisition, the Company ~~invested $8.0~~acquired $7.2 million in ~~additional~~ BOLI ~~as a source~~during the third quarter of funding for additional life insurance benefits for officers and employee benefit expenses related to the Company’s non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) implemented for certain executive officers that provides for payments upon death.2021. The BOLI cash surrender value build-up can be liquidated if necessary, with associated tax costs. However, the Company intends to hold this pool of insurance, because it provides income that enhances the Company’s capital position. Therefore, the Company has not provided for deferred income taxes on the earnings from the increase in cash surrender value.

Premises and equipment

Net of depreciation, premises and equipment increased $2.0 million during the first quarter of 2022. The Company purchased $0.2 million in fixed assets and added $3.1 million in construction in process during the first quarter of 2022. The increase in construction in process was primarily due to the purchase of the Scranton Electric Building for a new headquarters in Scranton, PA. These increases were partially offset by $0.6 million in depreciation expense and $0.6 million in transfers to other assets held-for-sale. The Company expects to begin branch remodeling and corporate headquarters planning which may continue to increase construction in process and is evaluating its branch network looking for consolidation that makes sense for more efficient operations.

On December 23, 2020, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania authorized the release of $2.0 million in Redevelopment Assistance Capital Program (RACP) funding for the Company’s headquarters project in Lackawanna County. On December 2, 2021, the Company announced it would be receiving an additional $2.0 million in RACP funding in support of the project. The $4.0 million in total RACP grant funds will be allocated to the renovation and rehabilitation of the historic building located in downtown Scranton which will be use for the new corporate headquarters. The Company currently expects net remaining costs for the corporate headquarters to be $15.8 million over approximately two years beginning during the fourth quarter of 2022. In addition, the Company

Table Of Contents

intends to pursue a federal historic preservation tax credit which, if it qualifies, would provide a 20% tax credit on qualified improvements on the historic property.

The Company also plans to remodel the Main Branch located in Dunmore, PA which is expected to begin in August 2022 and estimated costs for the project are currently $3 million.

Other assets

~~The $3.1~~During the first three months of 2022, the $13.0 million increase in other assets was due mostly to ~~$1.9 million in higher residual values associated with recording new automobile leases, net of lease disposals, $0.5 million higher prepaid expenses, $0.4~~a $11.5 million increase in deferred tax assets from net unrealized losses in the investment portfolio, $0.9 million of additional prepaid ~~dealer reserve~~expenses and ~~$0.2~~$0.6 million ~~more in construction-in-process. Over the next twelve months, construction-in-process is expected~~transferred to ~~increase by approximately $2.0 million for construction of a new Dallas branch.~~other assets held-for-sale.

Funds Provided:

Deposits

The Company is a community based commercial depository financial institution, member FDIC, which offers a variety of deposit products with varying ranges of interest rates and terms. Generally, deposits are obtained from consumers, businesses and public entities within the communities that surround the Company’s 1022 branch offices and all deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the full extent permitted by law.�� Deposit products consist of transaction accounts including: savings; clubs; interest-bearing checking; money market and non-interest bearing checking (DDA). The Company also offers short- and long-term time deposits or certificates of deposit (CDs). CDs are deposits with stated maturities which can range from seven days to ten years. Cash flow from deposits is influenced by economic conditions, changes in the interest rate environment, pricing and competition. To determine interest rates on its deposit products, the Company considers local competition, spreads to earning-asset yields, liquidity position and rates charged for alternative sources of funding such as short-term borrowings and FHLB advances.

The following table represents the components of deposits as of the date indicated:



	September 30, 2017				December 31, 2016				March 31, 2022				December 31, 2021
(dollars in thousands)	Amount		%		Amount		%		Amount		%		Amount		%

Interest-bearing checking	$	202,096	27.0	%	$	161,563	23.0	%	$	744,858	33.7	%	$	730,595	33.7	%
Savings and clubs		129,199	17.3			120,512	17.1			249,757	11.3			234,747	10.8
Money market		123,020	16.4			117,478	16.7			485,469	22.0			475,447	21.9
Certificates of deposit		108,404	14.5			92,753	13.2			130,424	5.9			138,793	6.4
Total interest-bearing		562,719	75.2			492,306	70.0			1,610,508	72.9			1,579,582	72.8
Non-interest bearing		185,858	24.8			211,153	30.0			599,497	27.1			590,283	27.2
Total deposits	$	748,577	100.0	%	$	703,459	100.0	%	$	2,210,005	100.0	%	$	2,169,865	100.0	%

Total deposits increased ~~$45.1~~$40.1 million, or 6%2%, ~~from $703.5 million~~remaining at approximately $2.2 billion at March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016~~2021. Savings and clubs contributed the most to ~~$748.6~~the deposit growth with an increase of $15.0 million ~~at September 30, 2017. The increase primarily came from~~due to growth in ~~interest-bearing~~personal account balances. Interest-bearing checking accounts also increased $14.3 million during the first quarter of ~~$40.5 million. Most of the growth~~2022. The increase in interest-bearing checking accounts was primarily due to seasonal tax cycles, business activity and shifts from non-interest bearing checking accounts. Money market accounts also increased $10.0 million, mostly due to higher balances of business accounts and shifts from other types of deposit accounts. The $9.2 million growth in non-interest bearing checking accounts was primarily due to seasonal public ~~deposits which fluctuate throughout the year~~account increases and ~~business deposits.~~personal account growth. The ~~increased lending to local government entities along with a focus~~Company focuses on obtaining a ~~full banking~~full-banking relationship with ~~these~~existing checking account customers has caused public deposit growth during the first nine months of 2017. CDs contributed $15.7 million to deposit growth due to CDs acquired in a branch acquisition during the first quarter of 2017 and $5.0 million in CDs to one publicas well as forming new customer during the second quarter of 2017. Additionally, money market accounts and savings and clubs both increased by $5.5 million and $8.7 million, respectively. Non-interest bearing deposits fell $25.3 million due to a temporary deposit of $48.7 million received at the end of 2016 that was transferred to a trust escrow account in January. Excluding this temporary deposit, the Company experienced growth in non-interest-bearing deposits. During the first quarter of 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Wayne Bank’s West Scranton branch which increased deposits by $13.9 million. For a discussion on the acquisition, see “Acquisition” located in the financial statement footnotes.relationships. The Company will continue to execute on its relationship development strategy, explore the demographics within its marketplace and develop ~~deposit gathering~~creative programs for its customers. ~~The~~For the remainder of 2022, the Company expects deposit growth to fund asset ~~growth~~growth. Tax deposits are usually received during the first quarter and retained for ~~2017 funded primarily by growth~~a short period of time in ~~deposits plus utilization of available borrowing capacity. Transactional deposit and CD growth is projected as a result of~~

~~Table Of Contents~~

~~our relationship strategy.~~checking accounts with disbursements occurring shortly after they are received. Seasonal public deposit fluctuations are expected to remain volatile and at times may partially offset ~~this~~future deposit growth.

~~Customers’ interest in long-term time~~Partially offsetting these non-maturing deposit ~~products continues to be weak with a sustaining preference for non-maturing transaction deposits. The Company’s portfolio of~~increases, CDs ~~increased mostly due to $11.5~~decreased $8.4 million ~~in CDs acquired from the West Scranton branch of Wayne Bank~~ during the first quarter of ~~2017. The Company expects CDs to increase 14% in 2017 mostly as a result of this acquisition. If rates~~2022. CD balances continue to ~~rise, demand for~~decline as rates dropped and CDs ~~may also increase thereby possibly increasing funding costs.~~with promotional rates reached maturity. The majority of maturing CDs were closed as customers could earn higher yields by investing the money elsewhere. The Company will continue to pursue strategies to grow and retain retail and business customers with an emphasis on deepening and broadening existing and creating new relationships.

The Company uses the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS) reciprocal program and Insured Cash Sweep (ICS) reciprocal program to obtain FDIC insurance protection for customers who have large deposits that at times may exceed the FDIC maximum insured amount of ~~$250,000 per person. In the CDARS program, deposits with varying terms and interest rates, originated in the Company’s own markets, are exchanged for deposits~~$250,000. The Company did not have any CDARs as of other financial institutions that are members in the CDARS network. By placing the deposits in other participating institutions, the deposits of our customers are fully insured by the FDIC. In return for deposits placed with network institutions, the Company receives from network institutions deposits that are approximately equal in amount and are comprised of terms similar to those placed for our customers. Deposits the Company receives from other institutions are considered reciprocal deposits by regulatory definitions. As of September 30, 2017March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016, CDARS~~2021. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, ICS reciprocal deposits represented ~~$1.1~~$25.6 million and $27.6 million, or ~~less than~~1% and 1%, of total ~~deposits.~~deposits which are included in interest-bearing checking accounts in the table above. The $2.0 million decrease in ICS deposits is primarily due to public funds deposit transfers from ICS accounts to other interest-bearing checking accounts.

As of March 31, 2022, total uninsured deposits were estimated to be $955.2 million. The estimate of uninsured deposits is based on

Table Of Contents

the same methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting requirements. The Company aggregates deposit products by taxpayer identification number and classifies into ownership categories to determine amounts over the FDIC insurance limit.

The maturity distribution of certificates of deposit that meet or exceed the FDIC limit, by account, at ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 is as follows:

More than

More than

More

Three months

three months

six months to

than twelve

(dollars in thousands)
or less

to six months

twelve months

months

Total
CDs of $100,000 or more
$
7,641

$
4,933

$
19,794

$
25,381

$
57,749
CDARS

1,136

-

-

-

1,136
Total CDs of $100,000 or more

8,777

4,933

19,794

25,381

58,885
CDs of less than $100,000

5,493

6,410

8,942

28,674

49,519
Total CDs
$
14,270

$
11,343

$
28,736

$
54,055

$
108,404



(dollars in thousands)
Three months or less	$	4,734
More than three months to six months		1,488
More than six months to twelve months		9,220
More than twelve months		5,439
Total	$	20,881

~~Certificates of deposit of $250,000 or more amounted to $31.4 million and $25.7 million as of September 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.~~

~~Including CDARS, approximately 13%~~Approximately 59% of the CDs, with a weighted-average interest rate of ~~0.74%~~0.28%, are scheduled to mature in ~~the fourth quarter of 2017~~2022 and an additional ~~43%~~28%, with a weighted-average interest rate of ~~0.90%~~0.33%, are scheduled to mature in ~~2018.~~2023. Renewing CDs ~~may~~are currently expected to re-price to lower ~~or higher~~ market rates depending on the rate on the maturing CD, the pace and direction of interest rate movements, the shape of the yield curve, competition, the rate profile of the maturing accounts and depositor preference for alternative, non-term products. ~~As noted, the widespread preference continues for customers with maturing CDs to hold their deposits in readily available transaction accounts.~~ The Company ~~does~~plans to address repricing CDs in the ordinary course of business on a relationship basis and is prepared to match rates when prudent to maintain relationships. Growth in CD accounts is challenged by the current and expected rate environment and clients’ preference for short-term rates, as well as aggressive competitor rates. The Company is not ~~expect significant~~currently offering any CD ~~growth other than from~~promotions but may resume promotions in the ~~branch purchase during 2017, but will develop CD promotional programs when the Company deems that it is economically feasible to do so or when demand exists. As with all promotions, the~~future. The Company will consider the needs of the customers and simultaneously be mindful of the liquidity levels, borrowing rates and the interest rate sensitivity exposure of the Company.

~~Borrowings~~Short-term borrowings

Borrowings are used as a complement to deposit generation as an alternative funding source whereby the Company will borrow under ~~customer repurchase agreements in the local market,~~ advances from the FHLB of Pittsburgh and other correspondent banks for asset growth and liquidity needs.

Repurchase agreements are non-insured interest-bearing liabilities that have a perfected security interest in qualified investments of the Company as required by the FDIC Depositor Protection Act of 2009. Repurchase agreements are offered through a sweep product. A sweep account is designed to ensure that on a daily basis, an attached DDA is adequately funded and excess funds are transferred, or swept, into an interest-bearing overnight repurchase agreement account. Due to the constant inflow and outflow of funds of the sweep product, their balances tend to be somewhat volatile, similar to a DDA. Customer liquidity is the typical cause for variances in repurchase agreements, which during the first nine months of 2017 increased $8.7 million from the end of 2016. In addition, short-termShort-term borrowings may include overnight balances with FHLB line of credit and/or correspondent bank’s federal funds lines which the Company may require to fund daily liquidity needs such as deposit ~~and repurchase agreement cash~~ outflow, loan demand and operations. ~~The Company did not require any overnight~~There were no short-term borrowings ~~at September 30, 2017~~as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016, respectively.~~2021 as growth in deposits funded asset growth. The Company ~~would~~does not expect to have short-term borrowings for the remainder of 2022. As of March 31, 2022, the Company had the ability to ~~use overnight~~borrow $111.7 million from the Federal Reserve borrower-in-custody program and $31.0 million from lines of credit with correspondent banks.

Secured borrowings at

As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016 if~~2021, the Company had 11 secured borrowing agreements with third parties with a fair value of $10.6 million related to certain sold loan participations that did not qualify for ~~a $48.7 million temporary deposit at the end~~sales treatment acquired from Landmark. Secured borrowings are expected to decrease in 2022 from scheduled amortization and, when possible, early pay-offs.

FHLB advances

The Company had no FHLB advances as of ~~2016.~~

March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. During the first quarter of ~~2017,~~2021, the Company ~~borrowed $17~~paid off $5 million ~~from the~~in FHLB ~~to purchase securities. The borrowings were laddered out~~advances with maturities ranging from July 2017 to January 2019 and interest rates ranging from 0.64% to 1.34%. During the second quarter of 2017, the Company borrowed another $6.7 million from the FHLB to fund loan growth and replace seasonal

~~Table Of Contents~~

~~deposits. The borrowing matures in May 2019 and has an~~a weighted average interest rate of ~~1.43%~~3.07%. During the third quarter of ~~2017, $2.0~~2021, the Company acquired $4.5 million in FHLB advances from the Landmark merger that was ~~borrowed in January 2017 matured and was rolled into a new $2.0~~subsequently paid off. As of March 31, 2022, the Company had the ability to borrow an additional $589.3 million ~~advance~~ from the FHLB. The Company does not expect to have any FHLB ~~that matures July 2018 and has an interest rate of 1.52%.~~advances in 2022.

~~The following table represents the components of borrowings as of the date indicated:~~

September 30, 2017

December 31, 2016
(dollars in thousands)
Amount

%

Amount

%

Overnight borrowings
$
-

-
%

$
-

-
%
Securities sold under repurchase agreements

12,920

35.3

4,223

100.0

FHLB advances

23,704

64.7

-

-

Total
$
36,624

100.0
%

$
4,223

100.0
%

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Management of interest rate risk and market risk analysis.

The adequacy and effectiveness of an institution’s interest rate risk management process and the level of its exposures are critical factors in the regulatory evaluation of an institution’s sensitivity to changes in interest rates and capital adequacy. Management believes the Company’s interest rate risk measurement framework is sound and provides an effective means to measure, monitor, analyze, identify and control interest rate risk in the balance sheet.

The Company is subject to the interest rate risks inherent in its lending, investing and financing activities. Fluctuations of interest rates will impact interest income and interest expense along with affecting market values of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, except for those assets or liabilities with a short term remaining to maturity. Interest rate risk management is an integral part of the asset/liability management process. The Company has instituted certain procedures and policy guidelines to manage the interest rate risk position. Those internal policies enable the Company to react to changes in market rates to protect net interest income from significant fluctuations. The primary objective in managing interest rate risk is to minimize the adverse impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income along with creating an asset/liability structure that maximizes earnings.

Table Of Contents

Asset/Liability Management. One major objective of the Company when managing the rate sensitivity of its assets and liabilities is to stabilize net interest income. The management of and authority to assume interest rate risk is the responsibility of the Company’s Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO), which is comprised of senior management and members of the board of directors. ALCO meets quarterly to monitor the relationship of interest sensitive assets to interest sensitive liabilities. The process to review interest rate risk is a regular part of managing the Company. Consistent policies and practices of measuring and reporting interest rate risk exposure, particularly regarding the treatment of non-contractual assets and liabilities, are in effect. In addition, there is an annual process to review the interest rate risk policy with the board of directors which includes limits on the impact to earnings from shifts in interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk Measurement. Interest rate risk is monitored through the use of three complementary measures: static gap analysis, earnings at risk simulation and economic value at risk simulation. While each of the interest rate risk measurements has limitations, collectively, they represent a reasonably comprehensive view of the magnitude of interest rate risk in the Company and the distribution of risk along the yield curve, the level of risk through time and the amount of exposure to changes in certain interest rate relationships.

Static Gap. The ratio between assets and liabilities re-pricing in specific time intervals is referred to as an interest rate sensitivity gap. Interest rate sensitivity gaps can be managed to take advantage of the slope of the yield curve as well as forecasted changes in the level of interest rate changes.

To manage this interest rate sensitivity gap position, an asset/liability model commonly known as cumulative gap analysis is used to monitor the difference in the volume of the Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities that mature or re-price within given time intervals. A positive gap (asset sensitive) indicates that more assets will re-price during a given period compared to liabilities, while a negative gap (liability sensitive) indicates the opposite effect. The Company employs computerized net interest income simulation modeling to assist in quantifying interest rate risk exposure. This process measures and quantifies the impact on net interest income through varying interest rate changes and balance sheet compositions. The use of this model assists the ALCO to gauge the effects of the interest rate changes on interest-sensitive assets and liabilities in order to determine what impact these rate changes will have upon the net interest spread. At ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the Company maintained a one-year cumulative gap of positive (asset sensitive) ~~$75.2~~$9.7 million, or 9%0.4%, of total assets. The effect of this positive gap position provided a mismatch of assets and liabilities which may expose the Company to interest rate risk during periods of falling interest rates. Conversely, in an increasing interest rate environment, net interest income could be positively impacted because more assets than liabilities will re-price upward during the one-year period.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis discussed above and presented in the next table. Although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of re-pricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest

~~Table Of Contents~~

rates. The interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types of assets and liabilities may lag behind changes in market interest rates. Certain assets, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. In the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels may deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table amounts. The ability of many borrowers to service their adjustable-rate debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase.

‎

Table Of Contents

The following table ~~illustrates~~reflects the ~~Company’s interest sensitivity gap~~re-pricing of the balance sheet or “gap” position at ~~September 30, 2017:~~March 31, 2022:



			More than three		More than								More than three		More than
	Three months		months to		one year		More than				Three months		months to		one year		More than
(dollars in thousands)	or less		twelve months		to three years		three years		Total		or less		twelve months		to three years		three years		Total

Cash and cash equivalents	$	30,066	$	-	$	-	$	11,815	$	41,881	$	59,708	$	-	$	-	$	37,695	$	97,403
Investment securities (1)(2)		5,807		16,666		51,025		81,040		154,538		13,230		28,953		76,011		596,620		714,814
Loans and leases(2)		193,914		115,094		170,889		146,843		626,740		386,872		238,751		384,742		452,668		1,463,033
Fixed and other assets		-		19,857		-		35,250		55,107		-		53,065		-		92,459		145,524
Total assets	$	229,787	$	151,617	$	221,914	$	274,948	$	878,266	$	459,810	$	320,769	$	460,753	$	1,179,442	$	2,420,774
Total cumulative assets	$	229,787	$	381,404	$	603,318	$	878,266			$	459,810	$	780,579	$	1,241,332	$	2,420,774

Non-interest-bearing transaction deposits (3)	$	-	$	18,604	$	51,074	$	116,180	$	185,858	$	-	$	60,010	$	164,742	$	374,745	$	599,497
Interest-bearing transaction deposits (3)		190,785		22,528		164,088		76,914		454,315		609,412		-		348,270		522,402		1,480,084
Certificates of deposit		14,270		40,079		46,544		7,511		108,404		30,302		64,633		27,055		8,434		130,424
Repurchase agreements		12,920		-		-		-		12,920
FHLB advances		2,500		4,500		16,704		-		23,704
Secured borrowings												5,295		1,230		4,047		-		10,572
Other liabilities		-		-		-		6,781		6,781		-		-		-		24,954		24,954
Total liabilities	$	220,475	$	85,711	$	278,410	$	207,386	$	791,982	$	645,009	$	125,873	$	544,114	$	930,535	$	2,245,531
Total cumulative liabilities	$	220,475	$	306,186	$	584,596	$	791,982			$	645,009	$	770,882	$	1,314,996	$	2,245,531

Interest sensitivity gap	$	9,312	$	65,906	$	(56,496)	$	67,562			$	(185,199)	$	194,896	$	(83,361)	$	248,907
Cumulative gap	$	9,312	$	75,218	$	18,722	$	86,284			$	(185,199)	$	9,697	$	(73,664)	$	175,243

Cumulative gap to total assets		1.1%		8.6%		2.1%		9.8%				-7.7%		0.4%		-3.0%		7.2%

(1) Includes ~~FHLB~~restricted investments in bank stock and the net unrealized gains/losses on available-for-sale securities.

(2) Investments and loans are included in the earlier of the period in which interest rates were next scheduled to adjust or the period in which they are due. In addition, loans were included in the periods in which they are scheduled to be repaid based on scheduled amortization. For amortizing loans and MBS – GSE residential, annual prepayment rates are assumed reflecting historical experience as well as management’s knowledge and experience of its loan products.

(3) The Company’s demand and savings accounts were generally subject to immediate withdrawal. However, management considers a certain amount of such accounts to be core accounts having significantly longer effective maturities based on the retention experiences of such deposits in changing interest rate environments. The effective maturities presented are the recommended maturity distribution limits for non-maturing deposits based on historical deposit studies.

Earnings at Risk and Economic Value at Risk Simulations. The Company recognizes that more sophisticated tools exist for measuring the interest rate risk in the balance sheet that extend beyond static re-pricing gap analysis. Although it will continue to measure its re-pricing gap position, the Company utilizes additional modeling for identifying and measuring the interest rate risk in the overall balance sheet. The ALCO is responsible for focusing on “earnings at risk” and “economic value at risk”, and how both relate to the risk-based capital position when analyzing the interest rate risk.

Earnings at Risk. An earnings at risk simulation measures the change in net interest income and net income should interest rates rise and fall. The simulation recognizes that not all assets and liabilities re-price one-for-one with market rates (e.g., savings rate). The ALCO looks at “earnings at risk” to determine income changes from a base case scenario under an increase and decrease of 200 basis points in interest rate simulation models.

Economic Value at Risk. An earnings at risk simulation measures the short-term risk in the balance sheet. Economic value (or portfolio equity) at risk measures the long-term risk by finding the net present value of the future cash flows from the Company’s existing assets and liabilities. The ALCO examines this ratio quarterly utilizing an increase and decrease of 200 basis points in interest rate simulation models. The ALCO recognizes that, in some instances, this ratio may contradict the “earnings at risk” ratio.

‎

5259

Table Of Contents

The following table illustrates the simulated impact of an immediate 200 basis points upward or downward movement in interest rates on net interest income, net income and the change in the economic value (portfolio equity). This analysis assumed that the adjusted interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability levels at ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 remained constant. The impact of the rate movements was developed by simulating the effect of the rate change over a twelve-month period from the ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 levels:



	% change				% change
	Rates +200		Rates -200		Rates +200		Rates -200
Earnings at risk:
Net interest income	5.5	%	(7.8)	%	(1.9)	%	(3.1)	%
Net income	12.9		(17.1)		(2.1)		(6.8)
Economic value at risk:
Economic value of equity	0.5		(29.8)		(7.6)		(23.1)
Economic value of equity as a percent of total assets	0.1		(4.5)		(1.2)		(3.7)

Economic value has the most meaning when viewed within the context of risk-based capital. Therefore, the economic value may normally change beyond the Company’s policy guideline for a short period of time as long as the risk-based capital ratio (after adjusting for the excess equity exposure) is greater than 10%. At ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the Company’s risk-based capital ratio was ~~14.8%~~14.18%.

The table below summarizes estimated changes in net interest income over a twelve-month period beginning ~~October~~April 1, ~~2017,~~2022, under alternate interest rate scenarios using the income simulation model described above:



	Net interest		$		%		Net interest		$		%
(dollars in thousands)	income		variance		variance		income		variance		variance
Simulated change in interest rates
+200 basis points	$	30,609	$	1,584	5.5	%	$	69,764	$	(1,339)	(1.9)	%
+100 basis points		29,873		848	2.9			70,703		(400)	(0.6)
Flat rate		29,025		-	-			71,103		-	-
-100 basis points		27,302		(1,723)	(5.9)			70,120		(983)	(1.4)
-200 basis points		26,757		(2,268)	(7.8)			68,930		(2,173)	(3.1)

Simulation models require assumptions about certain categories of assets and liabilities. The models schedule existing assets and liabilities by their contractual maturity, estimated likely call date or earliest re-pricing opportunity. MBS – GSE residential securities and amortizing loans are scheduled based on their anticipated cash flow including estimated prepayments. For investment securities, the Company uses a third-party service to provide cash flow estimates in the various rate environments. Savings, money market and interest-bearing checking accounts do not have stated maturities or re-pricing terms and can be withdrawn or re-price at any time. This may impact the margin if more expensive alternative sources of deposits are required to fund loans or deposit runoff. Management projects the re-pricing characteristics of these accounts based on historical performance and assumptions that it believes reflect their rate sensitivity. The model reinvests all maturities, repayments and prepayments for each type of asset or liability into the same product for a new like term at current product interest rates. As a result, the mix of interest-earning assets and interest bearing-liabilities is held constant.

Liquidity

Liquidity management ensures that adequate funds will be available to meet customers’ needs for borrowings, deposit withdrawals and maturities, facility expansion and normal operating expenses. Sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, asset maturities and pay-downs within one year, loans HFS, investments AFS, growth of core deposits, ~~and repurchase agreements,~~ utilization of borrowing capacities from the FHLB, correspondent banks, ICS and CDARs, the Discount Window of the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia (FRB), Atlantic Community Bankers Bank (ACBB) and proceeds from the issuance of capital stock. Though regularly scheduled investment and loan payments are dependable sources of daily liquidity, sales of both loans HFS and investments AFS, deposit activity and investment and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general economic conditions including the interest rate environment. During low and declining interest rate environments, prepayments from interest-sensitive assets tend to accelerate and provide significant liquidity that can be used to invest in other interest-earning assets but at lower market rates. Conversely, in periods of high or rising interest rates, prepayments from interest-sensitive assets tend to decelerate causing prepayment cash flows from mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities to decrease. Rising interest rates may also cause deposit inflow but priced at higher market interest rates or could also cause deposit outflow due to higher rates offered by the Company’s competition for similar products. The Company closely monitors activity in the capital markets and takes appropriate action to ensure that the liquidity levels are adequate for funding, investing and operating activities.

The Company’s contingency funding plan (CFP) sets a framework for handling liquidity issues in the event circumstances arise which the Company deems to be less than normal. The Company established guidelines for identifying, measuring, monitoring and

~~Table Of Contents~~

managing the resolution of potentially serious liquidity crises. The CFP outlines required monitoring tools, acceptable alternative

Table Of Contents

funding sources and required actions during various liquidity scenarios. Thus, the Company has implemented a proactive means for the measurement and resolution for handling potentially significant adverse liquidity conditions. At least quarterly, the CFP monitoring tools, current liquidity position and monthly projected liquidity sources and uses are presented and reviewed by the Company’s Asset/Liability Committee. As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the Company had not experienced any adverse issues that would give rise to its inability to raise liquidity in an emergency situation.

During the ~~nine~~three months ended ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the Company ~~acquired $16.0~~generated $0.5 million of cash. During the period, the Company’s operations provided approximately ~~$11.5~~$18.2 million mostly from ~~$21.3~~$17.8 million of net cash inflow from the components of net interest income ~~and $4.2~~plus $12.2 million in proceeds over originations of loans HFS ~~over originations;~~ partially offset by net non-interest expense/income related payments of ~~$10.8 million, $1.3 million in estimated tax payments and a $1.9 million increase in the residual value from the Company’s automobile leasing activities.~~$11.8 million. Cash inflow from interest-earning assets, deposits ~~borrowings~~ and ~~the acquisition of a bank branch~~loan payments were used to purchase investment securities and replace maturing and cash runoff of securities, ~~purchase bank owned life insurance,~~ fund the loan portfolio, invest in bank premises and equipment and make net dividend payments. The Company received a large amount of public deposits over the past ~~two~~six years. The seasonal nature of deposits from municipalities and other public funding sources requires the Company to be prepared for the inherent volatility and the unpredictable timing of cash outflow from this customer base, including maintaining the requirements to pledge investment securities. Accordingly, the use of short-term overnight borrowings could be used to fulfill funding gap needs. The CFP is a tool to help the Company ensure that alternative funding sources are available to meet its liquidity needs.

During 2020, 2021 and the first quarter of 2022, the Company also experienced deposit inflow resulting from businesses and municipalities that received relief from the CARES Act and other government stimulus. There is uncertainty about the length of time that these deposits will remain which could require the Company to maintain elevated cash balances. The Company will continue to monitor deposit fluctuation for significant changes.

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers and in connection with the overall interest rate management strategy. These instruments involve, to a varying degree, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. In accordance with GAAP, these instruments are either not recorded in the consolidated financial statements or are recorded in amounts that differ from the notional amounts. Such instruments primarily include lending ~~commitments and lease obligations.~~ commitments.

Lending commitments include commitments to originate loans and commitments to fund unused lines of credit. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since some of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

In addition to lending commitments, the Company has contractual obligations related to operating lease commitments. Operating lease commitments are obligations under various non-cancelable operating leases on buildings and land used for office space and banking purposes. The Company’s position with respect to lending commitments and significant contractual lease obligations, both on a short- and long-term basis has not changed materially from December 31, 2016.

During the third quarter of 2016, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire all the deposits, certain loans and fixed assets of a bank branch. The transaction was completed in March 2017. As a result of this transaction, the Company experienced an increase of $13.9 million in deposits in March 2017.

As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the Company maintained ~~$41.9~~$97.4 million in cash and cash equivalents and ~~$153.6~~$717.8 million of investments AFS and loans HFS. Also as of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the Company had approximately ~~$200.2~~$589.3 million available to borrow from the FHLB, ~~$21.0~~$31.0 million from correspondent banks, ~~$65.2~~$111.7 million from the FRB and ~~$44.0~~$363.1 million from the ~~CDARS~~IntraFi Network One-Way Buy program. The combined total of ~~$525.9 million~~$1.9 billion represented ~~60%~~79% of total assets at ~~September 30, 2017.~~March 31, 2022. Management believes this level of liquidity to be strong and adequate to support current operations.

Capital

During the ~~nine~~three months ended ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, total shareholders' equity ~~increased $5.7~~decreased $36.5 million, or 7%17%, due principally ~~from~~to a $42.7 million after tax reduction in the ~~$6.4~~net unrealized gain position to a net unrealized loss position in the Company’s investment portfolio and $1.9 million of cash dividends declared on the Company’s common stock. These items were partially offset by $7.5 million in net income added into retained ~~earnings. Capital was further enhanced by the $0.5 million, after tax, improvement in the net unrealized gain position in the Company’s investment portfolio, $0.1~~earnings, $0.3 million from investments in the Company’s common stock via the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP)~~, $0.3 million from issuance of common stock through the dividend reinvestment plan, $0.3 million from the issuance of common stocks through the exercise of stock options~~ and $0.3 million from stock-based compensation expense from the ESPP and ~~unvested~~ restricted ~~stock. These items were partially offset by $2.3 million of cash dividends declared on the Company’s common stock.~~stock and SSARs. The Company’s dividend payout ratio, defined as the rate at which current earnings are paid to shareholders, was ~~36.2%~~25.1% for the ~~nine~~three months ended ~~September 30, 2017.~~March 31, 2022. The balance of earnings is retained to further strengthen the Company’s capital position.

As of ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, the Company reported a net unrealized ~~gain~~loss position of ~~$1.9~~$42.5 million, net of tax, from the securities AFS portfolio compared to a net unrealized gain of ~~$1.4~~$0.2 million as of December 31, ~~2016.~~2021. The ~~improvement~~reduction during the first ~~nine~~three months of ~~2017~~2022 was from the $42.7 million reduction in net unrealized gains to net unrealized losses on AFS securities, net of tax. Lower unrealized gains and higher unrealized losses on all ~~security types.~~types of securities contributed to the net unrealized losses in investment portfolio. Management believes that changes in fair value of the Company’s securities are due to changes in interest rates and not in the creditworthiness of the issuers. Generally, when U.S. Treasury rates rise, investment securities’ pricing declines and fair values of investment securities also decline. While volatility has existed in the yield curve within the past twelve months, a rising rate environment is ~~inevitable~~expected and during the period of rising rates, the Company expects pricing in the bond portfolio to decline. There is no assurance that future realized and unrealized losses will not be recognized from the Company’s portfolio of

~~Table Of Contents~~

investment securities.

To help maintain a healthy capital position, the Company can issue stock to participants in the DRP and ESPP plans. The DRP affords the Company the option to acquire shares in open market purchases and/or issue shares directly from the Company to plan participants. During the first quarter of 2022, the Company acquired shares in the open market to fulfill the needs of the DRP. Both the DRP and the ESPP plans have been a consistent source of capital from the Company’s loyal employees and shareholders and their participation in these plans will continue to help strengthen the Company’s balance sheet.

Table Of Contents

The Company (on a consolidated basis) and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s and the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

Under these guidelines, assets and certain off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted ~~assets and certain off-balance sheet items.~~assets. The guidelines require all banks and bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of total risk-based capital to total risk-weighted assets (Total Risk Adjusted Capital) of 8%, including Tier I common equity to total risk-weighted assets (Tier I Common Equity) of 4.5%, Tier I capital to total risk-weighted assets (Tier I Capital) of 6% and Tier I capital to average total assets (Leverage Ratio) of at least 4%. A capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier I capital, is also established above the regulatory minimum capital requirements ~~rising up to~~of 2.50% ~~by 2019.~~. As of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016,~~2021, the Company and the Bank exceeded all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

The Company continues to closely monitor and evaluate alternatives to enhance its capital ratios as the regulatory and economic environments change. The following table depicts the capital amounts and ratios of the Company, on a ~~combined~~consolidated basis, and the Bank as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016:~~2021:



										To be well capitalized														For capital adequacy				To be well capitalized
				For capital						under prompt corrective								For capital						purposes with capital				under prompt corrective
	Actual			adequacy purposes						action provisions					Actual			adequacy purposes						conservation buffer				action provisions
(dollars in thousands)	Amount		Ratio	Amount			Ratio			Amount			Ratio		Amount		Ratio	Amount			Ratio			Amount		Ratio		Amount			Ratio
As of September 30, 2017:
As of March 31, 2022:

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated	$	91,967	14.8%	≥	$	57,672	≥	9.3%	(1)			N/A		N/A	$	212,410	14.2%	≥	$	119,818		8.0%	≥	$	157,261		10.5%			N/A		N/A
Bank	$	91,152	14.7%	≥	$	57,274	≥	9.3%	(1)	≥	$	61,918	≥	10.0%	$	212,223	14.2%	≥	$	119,811		8.0%	≥	$	157,251		10.5%	≥	$	149,763		10.0%

Tier 1 common equity (to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated	$	84,154	13.5%	≥	$	35,850	≥	5.8%	(1)			N/A		N/A	$	196,278	13.1%	≥	$	67,397		4.5%	≥	$	104,840		7.0%			N/A		N/A
Bank	$	83,392	13.5%	≥	$	35,603	≥	5.8%	(1)	≥	$	40,247	≥	6.5%	$	196,090	13.1%	≥	$	67,393		4.5%	≥	$	104,834		7.0%	≥	$	97,346		6.5%

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated	$	84,154	13.5%	≥	$	45,203	≥	7.3%	(1)			N/A		N/A	$	196,278	13.1%	≥	$	89,863		6.0%	≥	$	127,306		8.5%			N/A		N/A
Bank	$	83,392	13.5%	≥	$	44,891	≥	7.3%	(1)	≥	$	49,535	≥	8.0%	$	196,090	13.1%	≥	$	89,858		6.0%	≥	$	127,299		8.5%	≥	$	119,811		8.0%

Tier I capital (to average assets)
Consolidated	$	84,154	9.8%	≥	$	34,365	≥	4.0%				N/A		N/A	$	196,278	8.1%	≥	$	96,497		4.0%	≥	$	96,497		4.0%			N/A		N/A
Bank	$	83,392	9.7%	≥	$	34,333	≥	4.0%		≥	$	42,917	≥	5.0%	$	196,090	8.1%	≥	$	96,486		4.0%	≥	$	96,486		4.0%	≥	$	120,608		5.0%

~~(1)~~ ~~Includes 1.25% capital conservation buffer.~~

‎

5562

Table Of Contents


As of December 31, 2016:
As of December 31, 2021:

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated	$	86,702	14.9%	≥	$	46,550	≥	8.6%	(2)			N/A		N/A	$	205,667	14.5%	≥	$	113,421	8.0%	≥	$	148,866	10.5%			N/A	N/A
Bank	$	86,332	14.8%	≥	$	46,538	≥	8.6%	(2)	≥	$	58,172	≥	10.0%	$	205,726	14.5%	≥	$	113,406	8.0%	≥	$	148,845	10.5%	≥	$	141,757	10.0%

Tier 1 common equity (to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated	$	79,250	13.6%	≥	$	26,184	≥	5.1%	(2)			N/A		N/A	$	189,980	13.4%	≥	$	63,800	4.5%	≥	$	99,244	7.0%			N/A	N/A
Bank	$	79,033	13.6%	≥	$	26,178	≥	5.1%	(2)	≥	$	37,812	≥	6.5%	$	190,039	13.4%	≥	$	63,791	4.5%	≥	$	99,230	7.0%	≥	$	92,142	6.5%

Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated	$	79,250	13.6%	≥	$	34,912	≥	6.6%	(2)			N/A		N/A	$	189,980	13.4%	≥	$	85,066	6.0%	≥	$	120,510	8.5%			N/A	N/A
Bank	$	79,033	13.6%	≥	$	34,903	≥	6.6%	(2)	≥	$	46,538	≥	8.0%	$	190,039	13.4%	≥	$	85,054	6.0%	≥	$	120,493	8.5%	≥	$	113,406	8.0%

Tier I capital (to average assets)
Consolidated	$	79,250	10.3%	≥	$	30,717	≥	4.0%				N/A		N/A	$	189,980	7.9%	≥	$	95,688	4.0%	≥	$	95,688	4.0%			N/A	N/A
Bank	$	79,033	10.3%	≥	$	30,650	≥	4.0%		≥	$	38,313	≥	5.0%	$	190,039	7.9%	≥	$	95,680	4.0%	≥	$	95,680	4.0%	≥	$	119,600	5.0%

~~(2)~~ ~~Includes a 0.625% capital conservation buffer.~~

The Company advises readers to refer to the Supervision and Regulation section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation, of its ~~2016~~2021 Form 10-K for a discussion on the regulatory environment and recent legislation and rulemaking.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, an evaluation was carried out by the Company’s management, with the participation of its President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based on such evaluation, the President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports the Company files or furnishes under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations, and are effective. The Company made no changes in its internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, these controls during the last fiscal quarter ended ~~September 30, 2017.~~March 31, 2022.

5663

Table Of Contents

PART II - Other Information

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

The nature of the Company’s business generates ~~some~~a certain amount of litigation involving matters arising in the ordinary course of business. However, in the opinion of the Company after consultation with legal counsel, no legal proceedings are pending, which, if determined adversely to the Company or the Bank, would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s undivided profits or financial ~~condition.~~condition, operations or the results of such operations. No legal proceedings are pending other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business of the Company and the Bank. In addition, to management’s knowledge, no governmental authorities have initiated or contemplated any material legal or regulatory actions against the Company or the Bank.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Management of the Company does not believe there have been any material changes to the risk factors that were disclosed in the ~~2016~~2021 Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March ~~10, 2017.~~23, 2022.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

None

Item 3. Default Upon Senior Securities

None

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable

Item 5. Other Information

None

‎

Table Of Contents

Item 6. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed herewith or incorporated by reference as a part of this Form 10-Q:

3(i) Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant. Incorporated by reference to Annex B of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus included in Registrant’s Amendment 4 to its Registration Statement No. 333-90273 on Form S-4, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2000.

3(ii) Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit ~~3(ii)~~3.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on ~~November 21, 2007.~~April 16, 2020.

2.1 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank, MNB Corporation and Merchants Bank of Bangor dated as of December 9, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-236453 on Form S-4, filed with the Commission on February 14, 2020. (Schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any omitted schedule upon request.)

2.2 Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and among Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., NEPA Acquisition Subsidiary, LLC, The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank, Landmark Bancorp, Inc. and Landmark Community Bank dated as of February 25, 2021. Incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Registrant’s Registration No. 333-255479 on Form S-4, filed with the Commission on April 23, 2021. (Schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any omitted schedule upon request.)

*10.1 Registrant’s 2012 Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Repurchase Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-183216 on Form S-3 filed with the SEC on August 10, 2012 as amended February 3, 2014.

*10.2 ~~Registrant’s 2000 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan.~~ ~~Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-64356 on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on July 2, 2001.~~

*~~10.3 Amendment, dated October 2, 2007, to the Registrant’s 2000 Independent Directors Stock Option Plan.~~ ~~Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 4, 2007.~~

*~~10.4 Registrant’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.~~ ~~Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to Registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-64356 on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on July 2, 2001.~~

*~~10.5 Amendment, dated October 2, 2007, to the Registrant’s 2000 Stock Incentive Plan.~~ ~~Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 4, 2007.~~

*~~10.6~~ Registrant’s 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Definitive proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 28, 2002.

*~~10.7~~10.3 Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Daniel J. Santaniello, dated March 23, 2011. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2011.

*~~10.8 Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bankand Timothy P. O’Brien, dated March 23, 2011.~~ ~~Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2011.~~

*10.910.4 2012 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 30, 2012.

*~~10.10~~10.5 2012 Director Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 30, 2012.

~~Table Of Contents~~

*~~10.11~~10.6Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr. dated as of March 17, 2016. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 18, 2016.

**10.12 Change in Control and Severance Agreement between the Registrant, The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Michael J. Pacyna dated as of March 29, 2017. ~~Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.~~

*10.1310.7 Employment Agreement between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Eugene J. Walsh dated as of March 29, 2017. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*~~10.14~~10.8 Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan – Applicable to Daniel J. Santaniello and Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*~~10.15~~10.9 Form of Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan – Applicable to Eugene J. ~~Walsh and Timothy P O’Brien.~~Walsh. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*~~10.16~~10.10 Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement – Applicable to Daniel J. Santaniello, Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr. and Eugene J. Walsh. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 4, 2017.

*~~10.17 Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance~~10.11 Employment Agreement ~~– Applicable to Timothy P O’Brien~~ between Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc., The Fidelity Deposit and Discount Bank and Michael ~~Pacyna.~~ J. Pacyna dated as of March 20, 2019. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit ~~99.4~~99.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on ~~April 4, 2017.~~March 21, 2019.

11~~Statement regarding computation~~*10.12 Form of ~~earnings per share.~~ ~~Included herein in Note No. 6, “Earnings per share,” contained within~~Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for Michael J. Pacyna. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the ~~Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and incorporated herein by reference.~~SEC on March 21, 2019.

*10.13 Form of Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement for Michael J. Pacyna. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 21, 2019.

*10.14 2022 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed with the SEC on March 23, 2022.

Table Of Contents

31.1 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Principal Executive Officer, filed herewith.

31.2 Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Principal Financial Officer, filed herewith.

32.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.

32.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, filed herewith.

101 Interactive data files: The following, from Fidelity D&D Bancorp, Inc.’s. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended ~~September 30, 2017,~~March 31, 2022, is formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): Consolidated Balance Sheets as of ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and December 31, ~~2016;~~2021; Consolidated Statements of Income for the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016;~~2021; Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the three ~~and nine~~ months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016;~~2021; Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the ~~nine~~three months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016;~~2021; Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the ~~nine~~three months ended ~~September 30, 2017~~March 31, 2022 and ~~2016~~2021 and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. **

104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101).

________________________________________________

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the interactive data files in Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

‎

5866

Table Of Contents

Signatures

FIDELITY D & D BANCORP, INC.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


	Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.

Date: ~~November 8, 2017~~May 12, 2022	/s/Daniel J. Santaniello
	Daniel J. Santaniello, President and Chief Executive Officer

	Fidelity D & D Bancorp, Inc.

Date: ~~November 8, 2017~~May 12, 2022	/s/Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr.
	Salvatore R. DeFrancesco, Jr., Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

5967



Details about accumulated other
comprehensive income components	Amount reclassified from accumulated								Affected line item in the statement
(dollars in thousands)	other comprehensive income								where net income is presented
	Three months ended				Nine months ended
	September 30,				September 30,
	2017		2016		2017		2016

Unrealized gains on AFS securities	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	9	Gain on sale of investment securities
		-		-		-		(3)	Provision for income taxes
Total reclassifications for the period	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	6	Net income


Loans modified as a TDR within the previous twelve months that subsequently defaulted during the:
(dollars in thousands)	Nine months ended September 30, 2017				Nine months ended September 30, 2016

		Number of		Recorded		Number of		Recorded
		contracts		investment		contracts		investment
Commercial real estate - owner occupied			$	-		1	$	20


	For the nine months ended
	September 30, 2017						September 30, 2016
					Cash basis						Cash basis
	Average		Interest		interest		Average		Interest		interest
	recorded		income		income		recorded		income		income
(dollars in thousands)	investment		recognized		recognized		investment		recognized		recognized
Commercial and industrial	$	232	$	7	$	-	$	502	$	12	$	-
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied		3,054		114		-		5,030		93		-
Owner occupied		4,393		223		-		3,562		107		-
Construction		184		-		-		217		-		-
Consumer:
Home equity installment		19		-		-		119		3		-
Home equity line of credit		722		5		-		772		25		-
Auto		21		4		-		40		-		-
Other		4		1		-		6		-		-
Residential:
Real estate		1,428		77		-		750		4		-
Construction		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total	$	10,057	$	431	$	-	$	10,998	$	244	$	-


	For the three months ended
	September 30, 2017						September 30, 2016
					Cash basis						Cash basis
	Average		Interest		interest		Average		Interest		interest
	recorded		income		income		recorded		income		income
(dollars in thousands)	investment		recognized		recognized		investment		recognized		recognized

Commercial and industrial	$	223	$	3	$	-	$	255	$	3	$	-
Commercial real estate:
Non-owner occupied		2,588		52		-		3,336		47		-
Owner occupied		3,521		152		-		5,068		29		-
Construction		173		-		-		204		-		-
Consumer:
Home equity installment		15		-		-		51		-		-
Home equity line of credit		659		5		-		871		8		-
Auto		-		-		-		30		-		-
Other		3		-		-		6		-		-
Residential:
Real estate		1,421		54		-		770		2		-
Construction		-		-		-		-		-		-
Total	$	8,603	$	266	$	-	$	10,591	$	89	$	-



	Options		Weighted-average exercise price	Weighted-average remaining contractual term (years)
Outstanding and exercisable, December 31, 2016	22,500	$	19.12	1.0
Granted	-		-
Exercised	(17,250)		19.27
Forfeited	-		-
Outstanding and exercisable, September 30, 2017	5,250	$	18.62	0.3


	Nine months ended September 30,
(dollars in thousands)	2017 compared to 2016						2016 compared to 2015
	Increase (decrease) due to
	Volume		Rate		Total		Volume		Rate		Total
Interest income:
Interest-bearing deposits	$	(72)	$	35	$	(37)	$	9	$	28	$	37
Investments:
Agency - GSE		(3)		21		18		6		(1)		5
MBS - GSE residential		336		297		633		84		304		388
State and municipal		157		(30)		127		(4)		(20)		(24)
Other		65		(10)		55		(11)		(57)		(68)
Total investments		555		278		833		75		226		301
Loans and leases:
Residential real estate		265		104		369		341		(30)		311
Commercial and CRE		801		367		1,168		653		(204)		449
Consumer		1,042		(684)		358		128		(123)		5
Total loans and leases		2,108		(213)		1,895		1,122		(357)		765
Total interest income		2,591		100		2,691		1,206		(103)		1,103

Interest expense:
Deposits:
Interest-bearing checking		71		136		207		50		67		117
Savings and clubs		9		-		9		6		(50)		(44)
Money market		(70)		27		(43)		65		16		81
Certificates of deposit		8		63		71		(39)		(27)		(66)
Total deposits		18		226		244		82		6		88
Repurchase agreements		(1)		-		(1)		(1)		2		1
Overnight borrowings		191		(8)		183		(20)		19		(1)
FHLB advances		174		-		174		(255)		-		(255)
Total interest expense		382		218		600		(194)		27		(167)
Net interest income	$	2,209	$	(118)	$	2,091	$	1,400	$	(130)	$	1,270


			More than		More than		More
	Three months		three months		six months to		than twelve
(dollars in thousands)	or less		to six months		twelve months		months		Total
CDs of $100,000 or more	$	7,641	$	4,933	$	19,794	$	25,381	$	57,749
CDARS		1,136		-		-		-		1,136
Total CDs of $100,000 or more		8,777		4,933		19,794		25,381		58,885
CDs of less than $100,000		5,493		6,410		8,942		28,674		49,519
Total CDs	$	14,270	$	11,343	$	28,736	$	54,055	$	108,404